1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 using namespace clang; 51 using namespace sema; 52 53 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 54 if (OwnedType) { 55 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 57 } 58 59 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 60 } 61 62 namespace { 63 64 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 65 public: 66 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 67 bool AllowTemplates=false) 68 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 69 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 70 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 71 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 72 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 73 } 74 75 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 76 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 77 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 78 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 79 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 80 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 81 } 82 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 83 } 84 85 private: 86 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 87 bool WantClassName; 88 bool AllowClassTemplates; 89 }; 90 91 } 92 93 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 94 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 95 switch (Kind) { 96 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 97 // token kind is a valid type specifier 98 case tok::kw_short: 99 case tok::kw_long: 100 case tok::kw___int64: 101 case tok::kw___int128: 102 case tok::kw_signed: 103 case tok::kw_unsigned: 104 case tok::kw_void: 105 case tok::kw_char: 106 case tok::kw_int: 107 case tok::kw_half: 108 case tok::kw_float: 109 case tok::kw_double: 110 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 111 case tok::kw_bool: 112 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 113 case tok::kw___auto_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 namespace { 132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 133 NotFound, 134 FoundNonType, 135 FoundType 136 }; 137 } // namespace 138 139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 140 /// dependent class. 141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 145 SourceLocation NameLoc, 146 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 147 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 148 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 149 // Look for type decls in base classes. 150 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 152 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 153 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 154 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 155 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 156 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 157 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 158 // templates. 159 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 160 continue; 161 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 162 if (!TD) 163 continue; 164 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 165 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 166 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 167 continue; 168 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 169 } 170 if (BaseRD) { 171 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 172 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 173 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 174 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 175 } 176 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 177 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 178 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 179 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 180 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 181 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 182 break; 183 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 184 break; 185 } 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 190 return FoundTypeDecl; 191 } 192 193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 194 const IdentifierInfo &II, 195 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 196 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 197 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 198 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 200 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 201 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 202 DC = DC->getParent()) { 203 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 204 // templates. 205 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 206 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 207 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 208 } 209 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 210 return ParsedType(); 211 212 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 213 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 214 // lookup during template instantiation. 215 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 216 217 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 218 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 219 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 220 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 221 222 CXXScopeSpec SS; 223 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 224 225 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 226 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 227 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 228 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 229 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 230 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 231 } 232 233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 234 /// return the declaration of that type. 235 /// 236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 242 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 243 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 244 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 245 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 246 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 247 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 248 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 249 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 250 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 251 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 252 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 253 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 254 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 255 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 256 257 if (!LookupCtx) { 258 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 259 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 260 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 261 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 262 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 263 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 264 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 265 // 266 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 267 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 268 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 269 return ParsedType(); 270 271 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 272 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 273 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 274 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 275 276 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 277 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 278 II, NameLoc); 279 return ParsedType::make(T); 280 } 281 282 return ParsedType(); 283 } 284 285 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 286 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 287 return ParsedType(); 288 } 289 290 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 291 // lookup for class-names. 292 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 293 LookupOrdinaryName; 294 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 295 if (LookupCtx) { 296 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 297 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 298 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 299 // nested-name-specifier. 300 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 301 302 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 303 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 304 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 305 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 306 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 307 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 308 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 309 LookupName(Result, S); 310 } 311 } else { 312 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 313 LookupName(Result, S); 314 315 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 316 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 317 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 318 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 319 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 320 return TypeInBase; 321 } 322 } 323 324 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 325 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 326 case LookupResult::NotFound: 327 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 328 if (CorrectedII) { 329 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 330 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 331 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 332 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 333 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 334 TemplateTy Template; 335 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 336 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 337 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 338 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 339 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 340 if (SS && NNS) { 341 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 342 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 343 } 344 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 345 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 346 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 347 // is handled elsewhere). 348 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 349 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 350 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 351 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 352 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 353 IsCtorOrDtorName, 354 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 355 if (Ty) { 356 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 357 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 358 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 359 if (SS && NNS) 360 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 361 *CorrectedII = NewII; 362 return Ty; 363 } 364 } 365 } 366 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 367 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 368 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 369 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 370 return ParsedType(); 371 372 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 373 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 374 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 375 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 376 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 377 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 378 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 379 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 380 return ParsedType(); 381 } 382 383 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 384 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 385 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 386 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 387 if (!IIDecl || 388 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 389 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 390 IIDecl = *Res; 391 } 392 } 393 394 if (!IIDecl) { 395 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 396 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 397 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 398 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 399 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 400 // a type name. 401 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 402 return ParsedType(); 403 } 404 405 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 406 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 407 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 408 // perform the name lookup again. 409 break; 410 411 case LookupResult::Found: 412 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 413 break; 414 } 415 416 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 417 418 QualType T; 419 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 420 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 421 422 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 423 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 424 425 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 426 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 427 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 428 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 429 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 430 // Construct a type with type-source information. 431 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 432 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 433 434 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 435 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 436 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 437 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 438 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 439 } else { 440 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 441 } 442 } 443 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 444 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 445 if (!HasTrailingDot) 446 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 447 } 448 449 if (T.isNull()) { 450 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 451 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 452 return ParsedType(); 453 } 454 return ParsedType::make(T); 455 } 456 457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 458 static NestedNameSpecifier * 459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 460 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 461 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 462 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 463 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 464 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 465 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 466 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 467 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 468 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 469 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 470 } 471 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 472 } 473 474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 475 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 476 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 477 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 478 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 479 480 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 481 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 482 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 483 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 484 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 485 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 486 487 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 488 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 489 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 490 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 491 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 492 493 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 494 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 495 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 496 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 497 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 498 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 499 } 500 501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 507 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 508 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 509 LookupName(R, S, false); 510 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 511 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 512 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 514 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 515 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 516 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 517 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 518 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 519 } 520 } 521 522 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 523 } 524 525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 529 /// @code 530 /// template<class T> class A { 531 /// public: 532 /// typedef int TYPE; 533 /// }; 534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 535 /// public: 536 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 537 /// }; 538 /// @endcode 539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 540 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 541 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 542 return true; 543 544 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 545 546 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 547 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 548 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 549 return true; 550 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 551 } 552 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 553 } 554 555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 556 SourceLocation IILoc, 557 Scope *S, 558 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 559 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 560 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 561 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 562 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 563 564 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 565 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 566 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 567 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 568 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 569 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 570 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 571 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 572 // We corrected to a keyword. 573 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 574 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 575 } else { 576 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 577 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 578 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 579 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 580 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 581 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 582 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 583 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 584 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 585 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 586 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 587 } else { 588 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 589 } 590 591 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 592 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 593 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 594 SourceRange(IILoc)); 595 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 596 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 597 false, ParsedType(), 598 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 599 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 600 } 601 return; 602 } 603 604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 605 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 606 UnqualifiedId Name; 607 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 608 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 609 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 610 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 611 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 612 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 613 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 614 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 615 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 616 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 617 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 618 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 619 } 620 return; 621 } 622 } 623 624 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 625 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 626 627 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 628 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 629 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 630 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 631 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 632 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 633 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 634 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 635 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 636 637 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 638 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 639 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 641 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 642 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 643 } else { 644 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 645 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 646 } 647 } 648 649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 650 /// or 651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 652 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 653 NextToken.is(tok::less); 654 655 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 656 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 657 return true; 658 659 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 660 return true; 661 } 662 663 return false; 664 } 665 666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 667 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 668 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 669 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 671 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 672 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 673 StringRef FixItTagName; 674 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 675 case TTK_Class: 676 FixItTagName = "class "; 677 break; 678 679 case TTK_Enum: 680 FixItTagName = "enum "; 681 break; 682 683 case TTK_Struct: 684 FixItTagName = "struct "; 685 break; 686 687 case TTK_Interface: 688 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 689 break; 690 691 case TTK_Union: 692 FixItTagName = "union "; 693 break; 694 } 695 696 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 697 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 698 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 700 701 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 702 I != IEnd; ++I) 703 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 704 << Name << TagName; 705 706 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 707 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 708 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 709 return true; 710 } 711 712 return false; 713 } 714 715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 717 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 718 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 719 720 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 721 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 722 723 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 724 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 725 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 726 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 727 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 728 } 729 730 Sema::NameClassification 731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 732 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 733 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 734 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 735 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 736 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 737 738 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 739 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 740 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 741 } 742 743 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 744 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 745 746 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 747 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 748 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 749 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 750 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 751 return TypeInBase; 752 } 753 754 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 755 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 756 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 757 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 758 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 759 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 760 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 761 return E; 762 } 763 764 bool SecondTry = false; 765 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 766 767 Corrected: 768 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 769 case LookupResult::NotFound: 770 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 771 // call. 772 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 773 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 774 // FIXME: Reference? 775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 776 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 777 778 // C90 6.3.2.2: 779 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 780 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 781 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 782 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 783 // the function call, the declaration 784 // 785 // extern int identifier (); 786 // 787 // appeared. 788 // 789 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 790 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 791 Result.addDecl(D); 792 Result.resolveKind(); 793 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 794 } 795 } 796 797 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 798 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 799 // "struct", or "union". 800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 801 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 802 break; 803 } 804 805 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 806 // close to this name. 807 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 808 SecondTry = true; 809 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 810 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 811 &SS, std::move(CCC), 812 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 813 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 814 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 815 816 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 817 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 818 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 820 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 821 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 822 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 823 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 824 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 827 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 828 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 829 } 830 831 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 832 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 833 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 834 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 835 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 836 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 837 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 838 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 839 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 840 } 841 842 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 843 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 844 845 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 846 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 847 return Name; 848 849 // Also update the LookupResult... 850 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 851 Result.clear(); 852 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 853 if (FirstDecl) 854 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 855 856 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 857 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 858 // reference the ivar. 859 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 860 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 861 Result.clear(); 862 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 863 return E; 864 } 865 866 goto Corrected; 867 } 868 } 869 870 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 871 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 872 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 873 874 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 875 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 876 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 877 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 878 879 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 880 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 881 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 882 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 883 // qualified by the keyword typename. 884 // 885 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 886 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 887 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 888 // keyword here. 889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 890 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 891 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 892 } 893 894 case LookupResult::Found: 895 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 896 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 897 break; 898 899 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 902 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 903 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 904 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 905 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 906 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 907 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 908 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 909 // ambiguous. 910 // 911 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 912 // so try again after filtering out template names. 913 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 914 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 915 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 916 break; 917 } 918 } 919 920 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 921 return NameClassification::Error(); 922 } 923 924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 925 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 926 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 927 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 928 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 929 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 930 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 931 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 932 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 933 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 934 935 if (!Result.empty()) { 936 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 937 bool IsVarTemplate; 938 TemplateName Template; 939 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 940 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 941 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 942 Result.end()); 943 } else { 944 TemplateDecl *TD 945 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 946 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 949 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 950 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 951 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 952 TD); 953 else 954 Template = TemplateName(TD); 955 } 956 957 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 958 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 959 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 960 // to based on which function we selected. 961 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 962 963 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 964 } 965 966 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 967 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 968 } 969 } 970 971 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 972 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 973 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 974 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 975 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 977 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 978 return ParsedType::make(T); 979 } 980 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 982 if (!Class) { 983 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 984 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 985 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 986 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 987 } 988 989 if (Class) { 990 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 991 992 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 993 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 994 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 995 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 996 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 997 } 998 999 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1000 return ParsedType::make(T); 1001 } 1002 1003 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1004 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1005 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1006 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1007 1008 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1009 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1010 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1011 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1012 (NextIsOp && 1013 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1014 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1015 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1018 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1019 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1020 return ParsedType::make(T); 1021 } 1022 1023 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1024 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1025 nullptr, S); 1026 1027 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1028 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1032 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1035 1036 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1037 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1038 // the context we'll need to return to. 1039 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1040 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1041 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1042 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1043 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1044 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1045 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1046 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1047 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1049 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1050 1051 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1052 // lexical context. 1053 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1054 return DC; 1055 1056 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1057 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1058 // class is the context we need to return to. 1059 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1060 DC = RD; 1061 1062 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1063 // declared in. 1064 return DC; 1065 } 1066 1067 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1068 } 1069 1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1071 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1078 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1079 1080 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1081 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1082 } 1083 1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1085 Decl *D) { 1086 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1087 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1088 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1089 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1090 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1091 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1092 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1093 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1094 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1095 return Result; 1096 } 1097 1098 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1099 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1100 } 1101 1102 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1103 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1104 /// 1105 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1106 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1107 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1108 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1109 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1110 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1111 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1112 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1113 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1114 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1115 // namespace. 1116 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1117 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1118 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1119 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1120 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1121 1122 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1123 1124 #ifndef NDEBUG 1125 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1126 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1127 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1128 #endif 1129 1130 CurContext = DC; 1131 S->setEntity(DC); 1132 } 1133 1134 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1135 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1136 1137 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1138 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1139 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1140 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1141 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1142 1143 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1144 // disappear. 1145 } 1146 1147 1148 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1149 // We assume that the caller has already called 1150 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1151 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1152 if (!FD) 1153 return; 1154 1155 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1156 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1157 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1158 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1159 CurContext = FD; 1160 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1161 1162 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1163 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1164 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1165 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1166 S->AddDecl(Param); 1167 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1168 } 1169 } 1170 } 1171 1172 1173 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1174 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1175 // rather than the top-level class. 1176 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1177 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1178 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1179 } 1180 1181 1182 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1183 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1184 /// 1185 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1186 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1187 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1188 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1189 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1190 /// attribute. 1191 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1192 ASTContext &Context) { 1193 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1194 return true; 1195 1196 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1197 return true; 1198 1199 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1200 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1201 } 1202 1203 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1204 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1205 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1206 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1207 // scope. 1208 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1209 S = S->getParent(); 1210 1211 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1212 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1213 // into any context. 1214 if (AddToContext) 1215 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1216 1217 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1218 // are function-local declarations. 1219 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1220 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1221 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1222 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1223 return; 1224 1225 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1226 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1227 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1228 return; 1229 1230 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1231 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1232 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1233 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1234 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1235 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1236 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1237 1238 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1239 break; 1240 } 1241 } 1242 1243 S->AddDecl(D); 1244 1245 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1246 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1247 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1248 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1249 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1250 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1251 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1252 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1253 continue; 1254 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1255 break; 1256 } 1257 1258 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1259 } else { 1260 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1261 } 1262 } 1263 1264 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1265 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1266 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1267 } 1268 1269 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1270 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1271 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1272 } 1273 1274 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1275 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1276 do { 1277 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1278 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1279 return S; 1280 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1281 1282 return nullptr; 1283 } 1284 1285 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1286 DeclContext*, 1287 ASTContext&); 1288 1289 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1290 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1291 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1292 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1293 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1294 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1295 while (F.hasNext()) { 1296 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1297 1298 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1299 continue; 1300 1301 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1302 continue; 1303 1304 F.erase(); 1305 } 1306 1307 F.done(); 1308 } 1309 1310 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1311 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1312 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1313 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1314 } 1315 1316 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1317 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1318 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1319 while (F.hasNext()) 1320 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1321 F.erase(); 1322 1323 F.done(); 1324 } 1325 1326 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1327 /// @code 1328 /// class S { 1329 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1330 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1331 /// }; 1332 /// @endcode 1333 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1334 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1335 // the decl here. 1336 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1337 return false; 1338 1339 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1340 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1341 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1342 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1343 return false; 1344 } 1345 1346 // We need this to handle 1347 // 1348 // typedef struct { 1349 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1350 // } A; 1351 // 1352 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1353 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1354 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1355 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1356 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1357 // not. 1358 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1359 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1360 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1361 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1362 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1363 return true; 1364 } 1365 DC = DC->getParent(); 1366 } 1367 1368 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1369 } 1370 1371 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1372 // these semantics. 1373 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1374 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1375 return false; 1376 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1377 } 1378 1379 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1380 assert(D); 1381 1382 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1383 return false; 1384 1385 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1386 // of members of class templates. 1387 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1388 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1389 return false; 1390 1391 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1392 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1393 return false; 1394 1395 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1396 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1397 return false; 1398 } else { 1399 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1400 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1401 return false; 1402 } 1403 1404 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1405 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1406 return false; 1407 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1408 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1409 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1410 // like "inline".) 1411 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1412 return false; 1413 1414 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1415 return false; 1416 1417 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1418 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1419 return false; 1420 } else { 1421 return false; 1422 } 1423 1424 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1425 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1426 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1427 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1428 } 1429 1430 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1431 if (!D) 1432 return; 1433 1434 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1435 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1436 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1437 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1438 } 1439 1440 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1441 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1442 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1443 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1444 } 1445 1446 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1447 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1448 } 1449 1450 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1451 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1452 return false; 1453 1454 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1455 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1456 return false; 1457 1458 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1459 return true; 1460 1461 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1462 // functions. 1463 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1464 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1465 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1466 WithinFunction = 1467 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1468 if (!WithinFunction) 1469 return false; 1470 1471 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1472 return true; 1473 1474 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1475 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1476 return false; 1477 1478 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1479 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1480 1481 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1482 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1483 1484 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1485 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1486 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1487 return false; 1488 } 1489 1490 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1491 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1492 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1493 return false; 1494 1495 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1496 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1497 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1498 return false; 1499 1500 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1501 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1502 return false; 1503 1504 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1505 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1506 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1507 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1508 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1509 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1510 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1511 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1512 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1513 return false; 1514 } 1515 } 1516 } 1517 } 1518 1519 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1520 } 1521 1522 return true; 1523 } 1524 1525 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1526 FixItHint &Hint) { 1527 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1528 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1529 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1530 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1531 return; 1532 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1533 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1534 } 1535 return; 1536 } 1537 1538 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1539 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1540 return; 1541 1542 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1543 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1544 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1545 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1546 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1547 } 1548 } 1549 1550 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1551 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1552 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1553 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1554 return; 1555 1556 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1557 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1558 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1559 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1560 return; 1561 } 1562 1563 FixItHint Hint; 1564 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1565 1566 unsigned DiagID; 1567 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1568 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1569 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1570 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1571 else 1572 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1573 1574 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1575 } 1576 1577 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1578 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1579 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1580 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1581 // MS inline assembly label name. 1582 bool Diagnose = false; 1583 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1584 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1585 else 1586 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1587 if (Diagnose) 1588 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1589 } 1590 1591 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1592 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1593 1594 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1595 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1596 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1597 1598 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1599 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1600 1601 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1602 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1603 1604 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1605 1606 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1607 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1608 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1609 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1610 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1611 } 1612 1613 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1614 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1615 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1616 1617 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1618 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1619 } 1620 } 1621 1622 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1623 /// 1624 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1625 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1626 /// to the fixed name. 1627 /// 1628 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1629 /// 1630 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1631 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1632 /// 1633 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1634 /// class could not be found. 1635 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1636 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1637 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1638 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1639 // creation from this context. 1640 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1641 1642 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1643 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1644 // find an Objective-C class name. 1645 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1646 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1647 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1648 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1649 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1650 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1651 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1652 } 1653 } 1654 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1655 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1656 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1657 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1658 return Def; 1659 } 1660 1661 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1662 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1663 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1664 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1665 /// ill-formed in C++: 1666 /// @code 1667 /// struct S6 { 1668 /// enum { BAR } e; 1669 /// }; 1670 /// 1671 /// void test_S6() { 1672 /// struct S6 a; 1673 /// a.e = BAR; 1674 /// } 1675 /// @endcode 1676 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1677 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1678 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1679 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1680 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1681 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1682 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1683 /// contain non-field names. 1684 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1685 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1686 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1687 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1688 S = S->getParent(); 1689 return S; 1690 } 1691 1692 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1693 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1694 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1695 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1696 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1697 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1698 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1699 return; 1700 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1701 1702 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1703 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1704 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1705 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1706 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1707 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1708 } 1709 1710 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1711 switch (Error) { 1712 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1713 return ""; 1714 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1715 return "stdio.h"; 1716 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1717 return "setjmp.h"; 1718 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1719 return "ucontext.h"; 1720 } 1721 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1722 } 1723 1724 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1725 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1726 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1727 /// built-in. 1728 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1729 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1730 SourceLocation Loc) { 1731 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1732 1733 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1734 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1735 if (Error) { 1736 if (ForRedeclaration) 1737 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1738 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1739 return nullptr; 1740 } 1741 1742 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1743 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1744 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1745 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1746 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1747 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1748 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1749 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1750 } 1751 1752 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1754 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1755 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1756 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1757 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1758 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1759 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1760 } 1761 1762 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1763 Parent, 1764 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1765 SC_Extern, 1766 false, 1767 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1768 New->setImplicit(); 1769 1770 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1771 // FunctionDecl. 1772 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1773 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1774 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1775 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1776 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1777 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1778 SC_None, nullptr); 1779 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1780 Params.push_back(parm); 1781 } 1782 New->setParams(Params); 1783 } 1784 1785 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1786 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1787 1788 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1789 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1790 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1791 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1792 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1793 CurContext = Parent; 1794 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1795 CurContext = SavedContext; 1796 return New; 1797 } 1798 1799 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1800 /// entity if their types are the same. 1801 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1802 /// isSameEntity. 1803 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1804 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1805 LookupResult &Previous) { 1806 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1807 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1808 return; 1809 1810 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1811 if (Previous.empty()) 1812 return; 1813 1814 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1815 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1816 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1817 1818 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1819 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1820 continue; 1821 1822 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1823 // different linkages. 1824 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1825 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1826 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1827 continue; 1828 1829 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1830 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1831 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1832 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1833 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1834 continue; 1835 } 1836 1837 Filter.erase(); 1838 } 1839 1840 Filter.done(); 1841 } 1842 1843 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1844 QualType OldType; 1845 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1846 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1847 else 1848 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1849 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1850 1851 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1852 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1853 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1854 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1855 << Kind << NewType; 1856 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1857 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1858 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1859 return true; 1860 } 1861 1862 if (OldType != NewType && 1863 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1864 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1865 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1866 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1867 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1868 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1869 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1870 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1871 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1872 return true; 1873 } 1874 return false; 1875 } 1876 1877 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1878 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1879 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1880 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1881 /// 1882 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1883 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1884 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1885 // merging checks. 1886 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1887 1888 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1889 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1890 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1891 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1892 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1893 default: break; 1894 case 2: 1895 { 1896 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1897 break; 1898 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1899 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1900 break; 1901 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1902 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1903 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1904 break; 1905 } 1906 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1907 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1908 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1909 return; 1910 } 1911 case 5: 1912 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1913 break; 1914 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1915 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1916 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1917 return; 1918 case 3: 1919 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1920 break; 1921 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1922 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1923 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1924 return; 1925 } 1926 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1927 } 1928 1929 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1930 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1931 if (!Old) { 1932 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1933 << New->getDeclName(); 1934 1935 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1936 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1937 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1938 1939 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1940 } 1941 1942 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1943 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1944 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1945 1946 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1947 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1948 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1949 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1950 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1951 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1952 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1953 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1954 // instead of our tag. 1955 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1956 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1957 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1958 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1959 else 1960 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1961 1962 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1963 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1964 1965 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 1966 // out of the scope. 1967 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 1968 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 1969 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 1970 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 1971 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 1972 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 1973 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 1974 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 1975 } 1976 } 1977 } 1978 } 1979 1980 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1981 // with any extensions enabled. 1982 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1983 return; 1984 1985 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1986 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1987 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1988 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1989 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1990 } 1991 1992 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1993 return; 1994 1995 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1996 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1997 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1998 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1999 // to the type to which it already refers. 2000 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2001 return; 2002 2003 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2004 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2005 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2006 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2007 // 2008 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2009 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2010 // 2011 // struct S { 2012 // typedef struct A { } A; 2013 // }; 2014 // 2015 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2016 // allow the above but disallow 2017 // 2018 // struct S { 2019 // typedef int I; 2020 // typedef int I; 2021 // }; 2022 // 2023 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2024 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2025 return; 2026 2027 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2028 << New->getDeclName(); 2029 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2030 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2031 } 2032 2033 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2034 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2035 return; 2036 2037 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2038 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2039 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2040 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2041 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2042 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2043 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2044 return; 2045 2046 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2047 << New->getDeclName(); 2048 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2049 } 2050 2051 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2052 /// attribute. 2053 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2054 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2055 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2056 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2057 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2058 if (Ann) { 2059 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2060 return true; 2061 continue; 2062 } 2063 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2064 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2065 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2066 return true; 2067 } 2068 2069 return false; 2070 } 2071 2072 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2073 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2074 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2075 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2076 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2077 return true; 2078 } 2079 2080 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2081 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2082 /// 2083 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2084 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2085 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2086 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2087 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2088 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2089 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2090 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2091 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2092 // in a case like: 2093 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2094 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2095 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2096 // definition in such a case. 2097 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2098 return false; 2099 2100 if (I->isAlignas()) 2101 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2102 2103 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2104 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2105 OldAlign = Align; 2106 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2107 } 2108 } 2109 2110 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2111 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2112 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2113 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2114 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2115 return false; 2116 2117 if (I->isAlignas()) 2118 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2119 2120 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2121 if (Align > NewAlign) 2122 NewAlign = Align; 2123 } 2124 2125 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2126 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2127 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2128 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2129 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2130 2131 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2132 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2133 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2134 QualType Ty; 2135 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2136 Ty = VD->getType(); 2137 else 2138 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2139 2140 if (OldAlign == 0) 2141 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2142 if (NewAlign == 0) 2143 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2144 } 2145 2146 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2147 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2148 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2149 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2150 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2151 } 2152 } 2153 2154 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2155 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2156 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2157 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2158 // equivalent alignment. 2159 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2160 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2161 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2162 // have no alignment specifier. 2163 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2164 << OldAlignasAttr; 2165 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2166 << OldAlignasAttr; 2167 } 2168 2169 bool AnyAdded = false; 2170 2171 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2172 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2173 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2174 Clone->setInherited(true); 2175 New->addAttr(Clone); 2176 AnyAdded = true; 2177 } 2178 2179 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2180 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2181 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2182 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2183 Clone->setInherited(true); 2184 New->addAttr(Clone); 2185 AnyAdded = true; 2186 } 2187 2188 return AnyAdded; 2189 } 2190 2191 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2192 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2193 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2194 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2195 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2196 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2197 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2198 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2199 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2200 AA->getMessage(), AMK, 2201 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2202 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2203 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2204 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2205 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2206 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2207 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2208 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2209 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2210 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2211 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2212 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2213 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2214 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2215 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2216 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2217 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2218 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2219 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2220 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2221 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2222 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2223 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2224 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2225 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2226 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2227 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2228 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2229 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2230 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2231 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2232 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2233 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2234 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2235 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2236 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2237 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2238 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2239 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2240 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2241 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2242 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2243 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2244 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2245 NewAttr = nullptr; 2246 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2247 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2248 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2249 NewAttr = nullptr; 2250 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2251 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2252 2253 if (NewAttr) { 2254 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2255 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2256 return true; 2257 } 2258 2259 return false; 2260 } 2261 2262 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2263 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2264 return TD->getDefinition(); 2265 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2266 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2267 if (Def) 2268 return Def; 2269 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2270 } 2271 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2272 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2273 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2274 return Def; 2275 } 2276 return nullptr; 2277 } 2278 2279 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2280 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2281 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2282 return true; 2283 return false; 2284 } 2285 2286 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2287 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2288 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2289 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2290 return; 2291 2292 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2293 if (!Def || Def == New) 2294 return; 2295 2296 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2297 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2298 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2299 2300 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2301 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2302 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2303 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2304 2305 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2306 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2307 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2308 --E; 2309 continue; 2310 } 2311 } else { 2312 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2313 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2314 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2315 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2316 : diag::err_redefinition; 2317 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2318 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2319 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2320 } 2321 ++I; 2322 continue; 2323 } 2324 2325 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2326 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2327 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2328 ++I; 2329 continue; 2330 } 2331 } 2332 2333 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2334 ++I; 2335 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2336 } 2337 2338 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2339 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2340 ++I; 2341 continue; 2342 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2343 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2344 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2345 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2346 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2347 // equivalent alignment. 2348 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2349 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2350 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2351 // have no alignment specifier. 2352 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2353 << AA; 2354 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2355 << AA; 2356 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2357 --E; 2358 continue; 2359 } 2360 } 2361 2362 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2363 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2364 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2365 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2366 --E; 2367 } 2368 } 2369 2370 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2371 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2372 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2373 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2374 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2375 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2376 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2377 } 2378 2379 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2380 return; 2381 2382 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2383 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2384 2385 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2386 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2387 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2388 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2389 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2390 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2391 } 2392 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2393 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2394 // already been ODR-used. 2395 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2396 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2397 } 2398 } 2399 2400 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2401 return; 2402 2403 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2404 2405 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2406 // we process them. 2407 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2408 2409 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2410 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2411 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2412 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2413 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2414 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2415 switch (AMK) { 2416 case AMK_None: 2417 continue; 2418 2419 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2420 case AMK_Override: 2421 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2422 LocalAMK = AMK; 2423 break; 2424 } 2425 } 2426 2427 // Already handled. 2428 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2429 continue; 2430 2431 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2432 foundAny = true; 2433 } 2434 2435 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2436 foundAny = true; 2437 2438 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2439 } 2440 2441 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2442 /// to the new one. 2443 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2444 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2445 Sema &S) { 2446 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2447 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2448 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2449 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2450 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2451 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2452 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2453 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2454 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2455 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2456 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2457 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2458 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2459 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2460 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2461 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2462 } 2463 2464 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2465 return; 2466 2467 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2468 2469 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2470 // done before we process them. 2471 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2472 2473 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2474 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2475 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2476 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2477 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2478 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2479 foundAny = true; 2480 } 2481 } 2482 2483 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2484 } 2485 2486 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2487 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2488 Sema &S) { 2489 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2490 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2491 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2492 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2493 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2494 *Newnullability, 2495 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2496 != 0)) 2497 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2498 *Oldnullability, 2499 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2500 != 0)); 2501 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2502 } 2503 } else { 2504 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2505 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2506 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2507 NewT, NewT); 2508 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2509 } 2510 } 2511 } 2512 2513 namespace { 2514 2515 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2516 /// C. 2517 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2518 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2519 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2520 QualType PromotedType; 2521 }; 2522 2523 } 2524 2525 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2526 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2527 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2528 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2529 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2530 2531 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2532 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2533 2534 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2535 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2536 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2537 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2538 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2539 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2540 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2541 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2542 } 2543 2544 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2545 } 2546 2547 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2548 // declaration, or a declaration. 2549 template <typename T> 2550 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2551 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2552 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2553 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2554 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2555 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2556 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2557 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2558 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2559 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2560 } else 2561 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2562 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2563 } 2564 2565 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2566 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2567 /// GNU89 mode. 2568 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2569 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2570 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2571 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2572 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2573 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2574 } 2575 2576 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2577 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2578 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2579 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2580 return AT; 2581 } 2582 2583 template <typename T> 2584 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2585 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2586 if (DC->isRecord()) 2587 return false; 2588 2589 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2590 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2591 return true; 2592 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2593 return true; 2594 return false; 2595 } 2596 2597 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2598 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2599 2600 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2601 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2602 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2603 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2604 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2605 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2606 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2607 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2608 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2609 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2610 // and function templates; or 2611 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2612 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2613 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2614 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2615 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2616 2617 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2618 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2619 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2620 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2621 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2622 2623 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2624 if (Old && 2625 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2626 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2627 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2628 Old = nullptr; 2629 2630 if (!Old) { 2631 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2632 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2633 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2634 return true; 2635 } 2636 return false; 2637 } 2638 2639 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2640 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2641 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2642 2643 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2644 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2645 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2646 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2647 return true; 2648 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2649 }; 2650 2651 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2652 } 2653 2654 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2655 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2656 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2657 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2658 /// 2659 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2660 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2661 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2662 /// merged with. 2663 /// 2664 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2665 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2666 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2667 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2668 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2669 if (!Old) { 2670 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2671 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2672 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2673 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2674 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2675 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2676 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2677 return true; 2678 } 2679 2680 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2681 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2682 return true; 2683 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2684 } else { 2685 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2686 << New->getDeclName(); 2687 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2688 return true; 2689 } 2690 } 2691 2692 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2693 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2694 return true; 2695 2696 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2697 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2698 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2699 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2700 2701 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2702 // is an extern inline function. 2703 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2704 // storage classes. 2705 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2706 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2707 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2708 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2709 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2710 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2711 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2712 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2713 } else { 2714 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2715 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2716 return true; 2717 } 2718 } 2719 2720 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2721 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2722 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2723 << New->getDeclName(); 2724 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2725 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2726 } 2727 2728 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2729 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2730 // convention of the first. 2731 // 2732 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2733 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2734 // 2735 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2736 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2737 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2738 // 2739 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2740 // other tests to run. 2741 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2742 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2743 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2744 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2745 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2746 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2747 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2748 2749 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2750 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2751 const FunctionType *FT = 2752 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2753 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2754 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2755 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2756 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2757 // there but not here. 2758 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2759 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2760 } else { 2761 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2762 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2763 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2764 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2765 << !FirstCCExplicit 2766 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2767 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2768 2769 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2770 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2771 return true; 2772 } 2773 } 2774 2775 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2776 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2777 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2778 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2779 } 2780 2781 // Merge regparm attribute. 2782 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2783 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2784 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2785 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2786 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2787 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2788 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2789 return true; 2790 } 2791 2792 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2793 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2794 } 2795 2796 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2797 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2798 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2799 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2800 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2801 return true; 2802 } 2803 2804 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2805 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2806 } 2807 2808 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2809 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2810 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2811 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2812 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2813 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2814 } 2815 2816 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2817 // UndefinedButUsed. 2818 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2819 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2820 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2821 Old->isUsed(false) && 2822 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2823 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2824 SourceLocation())); 2825 2826 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2827 // about it. 2828 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2829 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2830 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2831 } 2832 2833 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2834 // redeclaration. 2835 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2836 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2837 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2838 << New->getDeclName(); 2839 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2840 return true; 2841 } 2842 2843 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2844 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2845 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2846 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2847 // cannot be overloaded. 2848 2849 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2850 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2851 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2852 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2853 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2854 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2855 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2856 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2857 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2858 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2859 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2860 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2861 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2862 QualType ResQT; 2863 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2864 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2865 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2866 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2867 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2868 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2869 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2870 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2871 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2872 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2873 else 2874 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2875 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2876 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2877 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2878 return true; 2879 } 2880 else 2881 NewQType = ResQT; 2882 } 2883 2884 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2885 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2886 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2887 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2888 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2889 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2890 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2891 New->setType( 2892 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2893 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2894 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2895 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2896 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2897 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2898 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2899 } 2900 } 2901 2902 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2903 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2904 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2905 // Preserve triviality. 2906 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2907 2908 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2909 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2910 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2911 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2912 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2913 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2914 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2915 2916 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2917 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2918 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2919 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2920 // is a static member function declaration. 2921 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2922 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2923 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2924 return true; 2925 } 2926 2927 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2928 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2929 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2930 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2931 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2932 unsigned NewDiag; 2933 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2934 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2935 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2936 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2937 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2938 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2939 else 2940 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2941 2942 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2943 } else { 2944 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2945 << New << New->getType(); 2946 } 2947 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2948 return true; 2949 2950 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2951 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2952 // 2953 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2954 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2955 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2956 if (isFriend) { 2957 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2958 } else { 2959 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2960 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2961 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2962 return true; 2963 } 2964 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2965 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2966 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2967 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2968 return true; 2969 } 2970 } 2971 2972 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2973 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2974 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2975 // attribute. 2976 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2977 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2978 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2979 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2980 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2981 } 2982 2983 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2984 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2985 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2986 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2987 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2988 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2989 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2990 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2991 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2992 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2993 } 2994 2995 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2996 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2997 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2998 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2999 3000 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3001 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3002 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3003 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 3004 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3005 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3006 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3007 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3008 } 3009 3010 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3011 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3012 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3013 // 3014 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3015 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3016 // linkage within class scope. 3017 // 3018 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3019 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3020 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3021 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3022 } else { 3023 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3024 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3025 return true; 3026 } 3027 } 3028 3029 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3030 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3031 3032 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3033 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3034 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3035 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3036 // when we instantiate the function. 3037 return false; 3038 } 3039 3040 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3041 } 3042 3043 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3044 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3045 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3046 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3047 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3048 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3049 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3050 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3051 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3052 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3053 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3054 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3055 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3056 NewQType = 3057 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3058 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3059 New->setType(NewQType); 3060 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3061 3062 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3063 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3064 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3065 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3066 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3067 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3068 SC_None, nullptr); 3069 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3070 Param->setImplicit(); 3071 Params.push_back(Param); 3072 } 3073 3074 New->setParams(Params); 3075 } 3076 3077 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3078 } 3079 3080 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3081 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3082 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3083 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3084 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3085 // the prototype. 3086 // 3087 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3088 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3089 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3090 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3091 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3092 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3093 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3094 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3095 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3096 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3097 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3098 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3099 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3100 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3101 3102 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3103 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3104 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3105 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3106 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3107 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3108 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3109 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3110 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3111 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3112 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3113 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3114 NewParm->getType(), 3115 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3116 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3117 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3118 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3119 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3120 } else 3121 LooseCompatible = false; 3122 } 3123 3124 if (LooseCompatible) { 3125 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3126 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3127 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3128 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3129 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3130 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3131 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3132 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3133 } 3134 3135 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3136 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3137 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3138 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3139 } 3140 3141 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3142 } 3143 3144 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3145 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3146 3147 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3148 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3149 unsigned BuiltinID; 3150 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3151 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3152 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3153 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3154 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3155 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3156 << Old << Old->getType(); 3157 3158 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3159 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3160 // 3161 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3162 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3163 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3164 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3165 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3166 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3167 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3168 3169 return false; 3170 } 3171 3172 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3173 } 3174 3175 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3176 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3177 return true; 3178 } 3179 3180 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3181 /// known to be compatible. 3182 /// 3183 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3184 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3185 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3186 /// redeclaration of Old. 3187 /// 3188 /// \returns false 3189 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3190 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3191 // Merge the attributes 3192 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3193 3194 // Merge "pure" flag. 3195 if (Old->isPure()) 3196 New->setPure(); 3197 3198 // Merge "used" flag. 3199 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3200 New->setIsUsed(); 3201 3202 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3203 // declarations. 3204 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3205 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3206 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3207 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3208 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3209 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3210 } 3211 3212 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3213 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3214 3215 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3216 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3217 // was visible. 3218 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3219 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3220 New->setType(Merged); 3221 3222 return false; 3223 } 3224 3225 3226 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3227 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3228 3229 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3230 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3231 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3232 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3233 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3234 : AMK_Override; 3235 3236 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3237 3238 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3239 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3240 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3241 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3242 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3243 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3244 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3245 3246 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3247 } 3248 3249 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3250 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3251 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3252 /// 3253 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3254 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3255 /// is attached. 3256 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3257 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3258 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3259 return; 3260 3261 QualType MergedT; 3262 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3263 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3264 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3265 return; 3266 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3267 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3268 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3269 } 3270 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3271 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3272 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3273 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3274 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3275 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3276 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3277 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3278 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3279 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3280 NewArray->getElementType())) 3281 MergedT = New->getType(); 3282 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3283 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3284 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3285 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3286 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3287 NewArray->getElementType())) 3288 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3289 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3290 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3291 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3292 Old->getType()); 3293 } 3294 } else { 3295 // C 6.2.7p2: 3296 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3297 // compatible type. 3298 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3299 } 3300 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3301 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3302 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3303 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3304 // equivalent. 3305 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3306 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3307 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3308 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3309 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3310 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3311 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3312 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3313 return; 3314 } 3315 3316 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3317 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3318 // 3319 // extern int arr[]; 3320 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3321 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3322 // 3323 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3324 // to diagnose it. 3325 Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3326 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3327 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3328 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3329 3330 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3331 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3332 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3333 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3334 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3335 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3336 } 3337 3338 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3339 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3340 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3341 New->setType(MergedT); 3342 } 3343 3344 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3345 LookupResult &Previous) { 3346 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3347 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3348 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3349 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3350 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3351 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3352 // 3353 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3354 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3355 return false; 3356 3357 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3358 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3359 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3360 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3361 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3362 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3363 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3364 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3365 } else { 3366 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3367 // type unless we're in the same function. 3368 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3369 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3370 } 3371 } 3372 3373 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3374 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3375 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3376 /// 3377 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3378 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3379 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3380 /// 3381 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3382 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3383 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3384 return; 3385 3386 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3387 return; 3388 3389 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3390 3391 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3392 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3393 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3394 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3395 if (NewTemplate) { 3396 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3397 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3398 3399 if (auto *Shadow = 3400 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3401 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3402 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3403 } else { 3404 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3405 3406 if (auto *Shadow = 3407 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3408 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3409 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3410 } 3411 } 3412 if (!Old) { 3413 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3414 << New->getDeclName(); 3415 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3416 diag::note_previous_definition); 3417 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3418 } 3419 3420 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3421 if (NewTemplate && 3422 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3423 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3424 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3425 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3426 3427 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3428 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3429 // 3430 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3431 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3432 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3433 << New->getIdentifier(); 3434 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3435 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3436 } 3437 3438 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3439 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3440 // declaration 3441 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3442 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3443 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3444 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3445 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3446 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3447 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3448 } 3449 3450 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3451 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3452 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3453 << New->getDeclName(); 3454 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3455 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3456 } 3457 3458 // Merge the types. 3459 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3460 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3461 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3462 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3463 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3464 return; 3465 } 3466 3467 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3468 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3469 return; 3470 3471 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3472 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3473 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3474 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3475 3476 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3477 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3478 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3479 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3480 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3481 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3482 << New->getDeclName(); 3483 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3484 } else { 3485 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3486 << New->getDeclName(); 3487 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3488 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3489 } 3490 } 3491 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3492 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3493 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3494 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3495 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3496 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3497 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3498 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3499 // identifier has external linkage. 3500 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3501 /* Okay */; 3502 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3503 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3504 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3505 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3506 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3507 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3508 } 3509 3510 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3511 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3512 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3513 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3514 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3515 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3516 } 3517 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3518 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3519 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3520 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3521 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3522 } 3523 3524 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3525 3526 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3527 // need to check for mismatches. 3528 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3529 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3530 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3531 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3532 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3533 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3534 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3535 } 3536 3537 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3538 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3539 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3540 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3541 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3542 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3543 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3544 } else { 3545 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3546 // static and dynamic initialization. 3547 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3548 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3549 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3550 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3551 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3552 } 3553 } 3554 3555 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3556 VarDecl *Def; 3557 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3558 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3559 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3560 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3561 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3562 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3563 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3564 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3565 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3566 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3567 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3568 } else { 3569 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3570 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3571 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3572 return; 3573 } 3574 } 3575 3576 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3577 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3578 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3579 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3580 return; 3581 } 3582 3583 // Merge "used" flag. 3584 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3585 New->setIsUsed(); 3586 3587 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3588 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3589 if (NewTemplate) 3590 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3591 3592 // Inherit access appropriately. 3593 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3594 if (NewTemplate) 3595 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3596 } 3597 3598 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3599 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3600 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3601 DeclSpec &DS) { 3602 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3603 } 3604 3605 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3606 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3607 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3608 // compatibility. 3609 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3610 // targeted. 3611 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3612 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3613 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3614 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3615 } 3616 3617 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3618 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3619 return; 3620 3621 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3622 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3623 // it is anonymous. 3624 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3625 return; 3626 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3627 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3628 Context.setManglingNumber( 3629 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3630 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3631 return; 3632 } 3633 3634 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3635 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3636 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3637 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3638 Context.setManglingNumber( 3639 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3640 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3641 } 3642 } 3643 3644 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3645 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3646 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3647 return; 3648 3649 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3650 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3651 return; 3652 3653 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3654 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3655 3656 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3657 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3658 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3659 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3660 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3661 return; 3662 } 3663 3664 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3665 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3666 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3667 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3668 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3669 // for how to handle it. 3670 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3671 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3672 3673 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3674 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3675 3676 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3677 textToInsert += ' '; 3678 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3679 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3680 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3681 return; 3682 } 3683 3684 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3685 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3686 } 3687 3688 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3689 switch (T) { 3690 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3691 return 0; 3692 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3693 return 1; 3694 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3695 return 2; 3696 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3697 return 3; 3698 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3699 return 4; 3700 default: 3701 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3702 } 3703 } 3704 3705 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3706 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3707 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3708 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3709 DeclSpec &DS, 3710 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3711 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3712 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3713 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3714 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3715 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3716 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3717 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3718 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3719 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3720 3721 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3722 return nullptr; 3723 3724 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3725 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3726 // it's a Type. 3727 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3728 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3729 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3730 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3731 } 3732 3733 if (Tag) { 3734 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3735 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3736 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3737 return Tag; 3738 } 3739 3740 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3741 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3742 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3743 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3744 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3745 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3746 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3747 } 3748 3749 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3750 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3751 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3752 if (Tag) 3753 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3754 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3755 else 3756 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3757 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3758 return TagD; 3759 } 3760 3761 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3762 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3763 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3764 // its initializer. 3765 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3766 return TagD; 3767 } 3768 3769 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3770 3771 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3772 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3773 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3774 if (TagD && !Tag) 3775 return nullptr; 3776 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3777 } 3778 3779 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3780 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3781 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3782 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3783 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 3784 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 3785 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3786 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3787 // or an explicit specialization. 3788 // 3789 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 3790 // obvious intent of DR1819. 3791 // 3792 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3793 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3794 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3795 return nullptr; 3796 } 3797 3798 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3799 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3800 3801 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3802 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3803 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3804 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3805 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3806 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3807 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3808 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3809 3810 DeclaresAnything = false; 3811 } 3812 } 3813 3814 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3815 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3816 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3817 // 3818 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3819 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3820 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3821 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3822 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3823 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3824 // struct STRUCT; 3825 // union UNION; 3826 // and 3827 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3828 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3829 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3830 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3831 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3832 if (Tag) 3833 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3834 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3835 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3836 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3837 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3838 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3839 3840 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3841 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3842 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3843 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3844 } 3845 3846 DeclaresAnything = false; 3847 } 3848 } 3849 3850 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3851 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3852 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3853 return TagD; 3854 3855 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3856 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3857 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3858 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3859 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3860 DeclaresAnything = false; 3861 3862 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3863 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3864 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3865 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3866 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3867 else 3868 DeclaresAnything = false; 3869 } 3870 3871 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3872 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3873 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3874 << Tag->getTagKind() 3875 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3876 3877 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3878 3879 // C 6.7/2: 3880 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3881 // or the members of an enumeration. 3882 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3883 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3884 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3885 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3886 // previous declaration. 3887 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3888 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3889 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3890 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3891 return TagD; 3892 } 3893 3894 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3895 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3896 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3897 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3898 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3899 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3900 // 3901 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3902 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3903 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3904 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3905 3906 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3907 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3908 // useless. 3909 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3910 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3911 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3912 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3913 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3914 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3915 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3916 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3917 } 3918 3919 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3920 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3921 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3922 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3923 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3924 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3925 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3926 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3927 // Restrict is covered above. 3928 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3929 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3930 } 3931 3932 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3933 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3934 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3935 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3936 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3937 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3938 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3939 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3940 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3941 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3942 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3943 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 3944 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3945 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 3946 } 3947 } 3948 3949 return TagD; 3950 } 3951 3952 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3953 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3954 /// 3955 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3956 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3957 Scope *S, 3958 DeclContext *Owner, 3959 DeclarationName Name, 3960 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3961 bool IsUnion) { 3962 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3963 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3964 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3965 3966 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3967 return false; 3968 3969 // Pick a representative declaration. 3970 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3971 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3972 3973 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3974 return false; 3975 3976 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 3977 << IsUnion << Name; 3978 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3979 3980 return true; 3981 } 3982 3983 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3984 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3985 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3986 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3987 /// struct, e.g., 3988 /// 3989 /// @code 3990 /// union { 3991 /// int i; 3992 /// float f; 3993 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3994 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3995 /// @endcode 3996 /// 3997 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3998 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3999 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 4000 DeclContext *Owner, 4001 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 4002 AccessSpecifier AS, 4003 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 4004 bool MSAnonStruct) { 4005 bool Invalid = false; 4006 4007 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4008 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4009 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4010 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4011 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4012 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4013 VD->getLocation(), 4014 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4015 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4016 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4017 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4018 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4019 Invalid = true; 4020 } else { 4021 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4022 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4023 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4024 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4025 // anonymous union is declared. 4026 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4027 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4028 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4029 else 4030 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4031 4032 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4033 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4034 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4035 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4036 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4037 4038 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4039 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4040 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 4041 4042 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4043 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4044 4045 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4046 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4047 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4048 4049 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4050 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4051 4052 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4053 } 4054 } 4055 } 4056 4057 return Invalid; 4058 } 4059 4060 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4061 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4062 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4063 static StorageClass 4064 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4065 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4066 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4067 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4068 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4069 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4070 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4071 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4072 return SC_None; 4073 return SC_Extern; 4074 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4075 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4076 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4077 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4078 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4079 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4080 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4081 } 4082 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4083 } 4084 4085 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4086 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4087 4088 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4089 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4090 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4091 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4092 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4093 return FD->getLocation(); 4094 } 4095 4096 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4097 } 4098 4099 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4100 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4101 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4102 return; 4103 4104 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4105 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4106 } 4107 4108 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4109 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4110 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4111 return; 4112 4113 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4114 } 4115 4116 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4117 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4118 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4119 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4120 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4121 AccessSpecifier AS, 4122 RecordDecl *Record, 4123 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4124 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4125 4126 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4127 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4128 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4129 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4130 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4131 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4132 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4133 4134 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4135 // structs/unions. 4136 bool Invalid = false; 4137 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4138 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4139 unsigned DiagID; 4140 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4141 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4142 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4143 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4144 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4145 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4146 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4147 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4148 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4149 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4150 4151 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4152 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4153 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4154 } 4155 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4156 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4157 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4158 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4159 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4160 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4161 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4162 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4163 4164 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4165 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4166 SourceLocation(), 4167 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4168 } 4169 } 4170 4171 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4172 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4173 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4174 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4175 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4176 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4177 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4178 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4179 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4180 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4181 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4182 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4183 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4184 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4185 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4186 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4187 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4188 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4189 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4190 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4191 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4192 4193 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4194 } 4195 4196 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4197 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4198 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4199 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4200 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4201 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4202 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4203 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4204 // members (clause 11). 4205 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4206 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4207 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4208 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4209 Invalid = true; 4210 } 4211 4212 // C++ [class.union]p1 4213 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4214 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4215 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4216 // array of such objects. 4217 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4218 Invalid = true; 4219 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4220 // Any implicit members are fine. 4221 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4222 // This is a type that showed up in an 4223 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4224 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4225 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4226 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4227 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4228 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4229 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4230 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4231 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4232 << Record->isUnion(); 4233 else { 4234 // This is a nested type declaration. 4235 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4236 << Record->isUnion(); 4237 Invalid = true; 4238 } 4239 } else { 4240 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4241 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4242 // not part of standard C++. 4243 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4244 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4245 << Record->isUnion(); 4246 } 4247 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4248 // Any access specifier is fine. 4249 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4250 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4251 } else { 4252 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4253 // member. Complain about it. 4254 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4255 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4256 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4257 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4258 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4259 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4260 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4261 4262 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4263 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4264 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4265 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4266 << Record->isUnion(); 4267 else { 4268 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4269 Invalid = true; 4270 } 4271 } 4272 } 4273 4274 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4275 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4276 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4277 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4278 Owner->isRecord()) 4279 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4280 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4281 } 4282 4283 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4284 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4285 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4286 Invalid = true; 4287 } 4288 4289 // Mock up a declarator. 4290 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4291 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4292 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4293 4294 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4295 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4296 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4297 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4298 DS.getLocStart(), 4299 Record->getLocation(), 4300 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4301 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4302 TInfo, 4303 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4304 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4305 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4306 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4307 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4308 } else { 4309 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4310 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4311 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4312 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4313 // an error here 4314 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4315 Invalid = true; 4316 SC = SC_None; 4317 } 4318 4319 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4320 DS.getLocStart(), 4321 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4322 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4323 TInfo, SC); 4324 4325 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4326 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4327 // initializer: 4328 // union { int n = 0; }; 4329 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4330 } 4331 Anon->setImplicit(); 4332 4333 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4334 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4335 4336 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4337 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4338 // its members. 4339 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4340 4341 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4342 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4343 // purposes. 4344 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4345 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4346 4347 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4348 Chain, false)) 4349 Invalid = true; 4350 4351 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4352 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4353 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4354 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4355 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4356 Context.setManglingNumber( 4357 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4358 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4359 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4360 } 4361 } 4362 } 4363 4364 if (Invalid) 4365 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4366 4367 return Anon; 4368 } 4369 4370 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4371 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4372 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4373 /// Example: 4374 /// 4375 /// struct A { int a; }; 4376 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4377 /// 4378 /// void foo() { 4379 /// B var; 4380 /// var.a = 3; 4381 /// } 4382 /// 4383 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4384 RecordDecl *Record) { 4385 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4386 4387 // Mock up a declarator. 4388 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4389 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4390 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4391 4392 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4393 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4394 4395 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4396 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4397 ParentDecl, 4398 DS.getLocStart(), 4399 DS.getLocStart(), 4400 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4401 RecTy, 4402 TInfo, 4403 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4404 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4405 Anon->setImplicit(); 4406 4407 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4408 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4409 4410 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4411 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4412 // purposes. 4413 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4414 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4415 4416 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4417 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4418 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4419 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4420 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4421 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4422 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4423 } 4424 4425 return Anon; 4426 } 4427 4428 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4429 /// given Declarator. 4430 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4431 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4432 } 4433 4434 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4435 DeclarationNameInfo 4436 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4437 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4438 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4439 4440 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4441 4442 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4443 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4444 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4445 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4446 return NameInfo; 4447 4448 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4449 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4450 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4451 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4452 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4453 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4454 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4455 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4456 return NameInfo; 4457 4458 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4459 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4460 Name.Identifier)); 4461 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4462 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4463 return NameInfo; 4464 4465 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4466 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4467 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4468 if (Ty.isNull()) 4469 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4470 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4471 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4472 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4473 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4474 return NameInfo; 4475 } 4476 4477 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4478 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4479 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4480 if (Ty.isNull()) 4481 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4482 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4483 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4484 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4485 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4486 return NameInfo; 4487 } 4488 4489 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4490 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4491 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4492 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4493 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4494 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4495 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4496 4497 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4498 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4499 4500 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4501 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4502 // was qualified. 4503 4504 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4505 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4506 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4507 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4508 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4509 return NameInfo; 4510 } 4511 4512 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4513 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4514 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4515 if (Ty.isNull()) 4516 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4517 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4518 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4519 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4520 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4521 return NameInfo; 4522 } 4523 4524 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4525 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4526 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4527 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4528 } 4529 4530 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4531 4532 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4533 } 4534 4535 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4536 do { 4537 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4538 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4539 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4540 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4541 else 4542 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4543 } while (true); 4544 } 4545 4546 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4547 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4548 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4549 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4550 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4551 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4552 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4553 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4554 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4555 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4556 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4557 Params.clear(); 4558 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4559 return false; 4560 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4561 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4562 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4563 4564 // The parameter types are identical 4565 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4566 continue; 4567 4568 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4569 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4570 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4571 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4572 4573 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4574 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4575 Params.push_back(Idx); 4576 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4577 return false; 4578 } 4579 4580 return true; 4581 } 4582 4583 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4584 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4585 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4586 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4587 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4588 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4589 DeclarationName Name) { 4590 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4591 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4592 // - types which will become injected class names 4593 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4594 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4595 // few cases here. 4596 4597 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4598 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4599 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4600 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4601 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4602 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4603 // Grab the type from the parser. 4604 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4605 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4606 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4607 4608 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4609 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4610 // attached already. 4611 if (!TSI) 4612 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4613 4614 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4615 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4616 if (!TSI) return true; 4617 4618 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4619 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4620 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4621 break; 4622 } 4623 4624 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4625 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4626 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4627 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4628 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4629 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4630 break; 4631 } 4632 4633 default: 4634 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4635 break; 4636 } 4637 4638 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4639 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4640 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4641 4642 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4643 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4644 // pointer. 4645 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4646 continue; 4647 4648 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4649 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4650 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4651 return true; 4652 } 4653 4654 return false; 4655 } 4656 4657 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4658 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4659 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4660 4661 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4662 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4663 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4664 4665 return Dcl; 4666 } 4667 4668 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4669 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4670 /// name different from T: 4671 /// - every static data member of class T; 4672 /// - every member function of class T 4673 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4674 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4675 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4676 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4677 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4678 4679 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4680 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4681 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4682 return true; 4683 } 4684 4685 return false; 4686 } 4687 4688 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4689 /// nested-name-specifier. 4690 /// 4691 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4692 /// 4693 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4694 /// resolves. 4695 /// 4696 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4697 /// 4698 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4699 /// 4700 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4701 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4702 DeclarationName Name, 4703 SourceLocation Loc) { 4704 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4705 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4706 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4707 4708 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4709 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4710 // 4711 // class X { 4712 // void X::f(); 4713 // }; 4714 // 4715 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4716 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4717 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4718 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4719 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4720 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4721 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4722 SS.clear(); 4723 } else { 4724 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4725 } 4726 return false; 4727 } 4728 4729 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4730 // declaration. 4731 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4732 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4733 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4734 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4735 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4736 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4737 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4738 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4739 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4740 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4741 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4742 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4743 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4744 else 4745 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4746 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4747 4748 return true; 4749 } 4750 4751 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4752 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4753 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4754 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4755 SS.clear(); 4756 4757 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4758 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4759 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4760 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4761 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4762 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4763 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4764 return true; 4765 4766 return false; 4767 } 4768 4769 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4770 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4771 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4772 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4773 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4774 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4775 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4776 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4777 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4778 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4779 4780 return false; 4781 } 4782 4783 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4784 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4785 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4786 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4787 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4788 4789 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4790 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4791 if (!Name) { 4792 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4793 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4794 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4795 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4796 return nullptr; 4797 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4798 return nullptr; 4799 4800 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4801 // we find one that is. 4802 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4803 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4804 S = S->getParent(); 4805 4806 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4807 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4808 D.setInvalidType(); 4809 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4810 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4811 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4812 return nullptr; 4813 4814 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4815 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4816 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4817 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4818 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4819 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4820 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4821 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4822 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4823 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4824 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4825 return nullptr; 4826 } 4827 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4828 4829 if (!IsDependentContext && 4830 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4831 return nullptr; 4832 4833 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4834 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4835 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4836 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4837 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4838 return nullptr; 4839 } 4840 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4841 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4842 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4843 if (DC->isRecord()) 4844 return nullptr; 4845 4846 D.setInvalidType(); 4847 } 4848 } 4849 4850 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4851 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4852 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4853 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4854 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4855 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4856 D.setInvalidType(); 4857 } 4858 } 4859 4860 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4861 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4862 4863 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4864 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4865 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4866 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4867 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4868 return nullptr; 4869 4870 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4871 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4872 D.setInvalidType(); 4873 4874 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4875 ForRedeclaration); 4876 4877 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4878 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4879 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4880 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4881 4882 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4883 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4884 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4885 // 4886 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4887 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4888 // the same name. 4889 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4890 /* Do nothing*/; 4891 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4892 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4893 R->isFunctionType())) { 4894 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4895 CreateBuiltins = 4896 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4897 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4898 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4899 CreateBuiltins = true; 4900 4901 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4902 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4903 4904 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4905 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4906 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4907 4908 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4909 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4910 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4911 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4912 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4913 // thereof; [...] 4914 // 4915 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4916 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4917 // we want to match. For example, given: 4918 // 4919 // class X { 4920 // void f(); 4921 // void f(float); 4922 // }; 4923 // 4924 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4925 // 4926 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4927 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4928 // matches. 4929 4930 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4931 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4932 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4933 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4934 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4935 } 4936 4937 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4938 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4939 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4940 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4941 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4942 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4943 4944 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4945 Previous.clear(); 4946 } 4947 4948 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4949 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4950 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4951 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4952 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4953 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4954 Previous.clear(); 4955 4956 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4957 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4958 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4959 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4960 4961 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 4962 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 4963 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 4964 // template, declared in namespace scope 4965 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4966 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 4967 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 4968 return nullptr; 4969 } 4970 4971 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 4972 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4973 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 4974 return nullptr; 4975 } 4976 } 4977 4978 NamedDecl *New; 4979 4980 bool AddToScope = true; 4981 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4982 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4983 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4984 return nullptr; 4985 } 4986 4987 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4988 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4989 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4990 TemplateParamLists, 4991 AddToScope); 4992 } else { 4993 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4994 AddToScope); 4995 } 4996 4997 if (!New) 4998 return nullptr; 4999 5000 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 5001 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 5002 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 5003 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 5004 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5005 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5006 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5007 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5008 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5009 if (!AddToContext) 5010 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5011 } 5012 5013 return New; 5014 } 5015 5016 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5017 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5018 /// GCC compatibility). 5019 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5020 ASTContext &Context, 5021 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5022 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5023 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5024 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5025 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5026 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5027 SizeIsNegative = false; 5028 Oversized = 0; 5029 5030 if (T->isDependentType()) 5031 return QualType(); 5032 5033 QualifierCollector Qs; 5034 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5035 5036 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5037 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5038 QualType FixedType = 5039 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5040 Oversized); 5041 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5042 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5043 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5044 } 5045 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5046 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5047 QualType FixedType = 5048 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5049 Oversized); 5050 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5051 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5052 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5053 } 5054 5055 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5056 if (!VLATy) 5057 return QualType(); 5058 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5059 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5060 return QualType(); 5061 5062 llvm::APSInt Res; 5063 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5064 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5065 return QualType(); 5066 5067 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5068 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5069 SizeIsNegative = true; 5070 return QualType(); 5071 } 5072 5073 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5074 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5075 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5076 Res); 5077 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5078 Oversized = Res; 5079 return QualType(); 5080 } 5081 5082 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5083 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5084 } 5085 5086 static void 5087 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5088 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5089 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5090 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5091 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5092 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5093 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5094 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5095 return; 5096 } 5097 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5098 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5099 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5100 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5101 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5102 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5103 return; 5104 } 5105 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5106 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5107 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5108 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5109 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5110 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5111 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5112 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5113 } 5114 5115 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5116 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5117 /// GCC compatibility). 5118 static TypeSourceInfo* 5119 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5120 ASTContext &Context, 5121 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5122 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5123 QualType FixedTy 5124 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5125 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5126 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5127 return nullptr; 5128 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5129 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5130 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5131 return FixedTInfo; 5132 } 5133 5134 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5135 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5136 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5137 /// function-scope declarations. 5138 void 5139 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5140 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5141 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5142 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5143 return; 5144 5145 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5146 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5147 } 5148 5149 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5150 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5151 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5152 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5153 } 5154 5155 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5156 /// does not identify a function. 5157 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5158 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5159 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5160 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5161 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5162 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5163 5164 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5165 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5166 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5167 5168 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5169 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5170 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5171 5172 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5173 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5174 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5175 } 5176 5177 NamedDecl* 5178 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5179 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5180 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5181 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5182 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5183 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5184 D.setInvalidType(); 5185 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5186 DC = CurContext; 5187 Previous.clear(); 5188 } 5189 5190 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5191 5192 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5193 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5194 << 1; 5195 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5196 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5197 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5198 5199 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5200 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5201 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5202 return nullptr; 5203 } 5204 5205 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5206 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5207 5208 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5209 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5210 5211 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5212 5213 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5214 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5215 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5216 return ND; 5217 } 5218 5219 void 5220 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5221 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5222 // then it shall have block scope. 5223 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5224 // that redeclarations will match. 5225 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5226 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5227 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5228 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5229 5230 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5231 bool SizeIsNegative; 5232 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5233 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5234 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5235 SizeIsNegative, 5236 Oversized); 5237 if (FixedTInfo) { 5238 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5239 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5240 } else { 5241 if (SizeIsNegative) 5242 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5243 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5244 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5245 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5246 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5247 << Oversized.toString(10); 5248 else 5249 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5250 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5251 } 5252 } 5253 } 5254 } 5255 5256 5257 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5258 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5259 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5260 NamedDecl* 5261 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5262 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5263 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5264 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5265 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5266 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5267 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5268 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5269 Redeclaration = true; 5270 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5271 } 5272 5273 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5274 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5275 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5276 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5277 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5278 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5279 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5280 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5281 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5282 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5283 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5284 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5285 } 5286 5287 return NewTD; 5288 } 5289 5290 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5291 /// previous declaration. 5292 /// 5293 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5294 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5295 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5296 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5297 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5298 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5299 /// 5300 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5301 /// lookup 5302 /// 5303 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5304 /// declared. 5305 /// 5306 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5307 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5308 static bool 5309 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5310 ASTContext &Context) { 5311 if (!PrevDecl) 5312 return false; 5313 5314 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5315 return false; 5316 5317 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5318 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5319 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5320 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5321 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5322 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5323 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5324 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5325 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5326 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5327 return false; 5328 5329 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5330 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5331 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5332 return false; 5333 5334 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5335 // previous declarations. 5336 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5337 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5338 5339 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5340 // isn't the same function. 5341 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5342 return false; 5343 } 5344 5345 return true; 5346 } 5347 5348 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5349 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5350 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5351 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5352 } 5353 5354 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5355 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5356 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5357 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5358 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5359 unsigned kind = -1U; 5360 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5361 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5362 kind = 0; // __block 5363 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5364 kind = 1; // global 5365 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5366 kind = 3; // ivar 5367 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5368 kind = 2; // field 5369 } 5370 5371 if (kind != -1U) { 5372 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5373 << kind; 5374 } 5375 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5376 // Try to infer lifetime. 5377 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5378 return false; 5379 5380 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5381 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5382 decl->setType(type); 5383 } 5384 5385 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5386 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5387 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5388 var->getTLSKind()) { 5389 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5390 << var->getType(); 5391 return true; 5392 } 5393 } 5394 5395 return false; 5396 } 5397 5398 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5399 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5400 // the wrong linkage. 5401 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5402 5403 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5404 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5405 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5406 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5407 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5408 } 5409 } 5410 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5411 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5412 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5413 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5414 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5415 } 5416 } 5417 5418 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5419 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5420 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5421 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5422 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5423 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5424 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5425 } 5426 } 5427 } 5428 5429 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5430 // It does not apply to functions. 5431 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5432 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5433 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5434 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5435 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5436 } 5437 } 5438 5439 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5440 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5441 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5442 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5443 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5444 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5445 << &ND << Attr; 5446 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5447 } 5448 } 5449 5450 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5451 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5452 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5453 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5454 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5455 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5456 << Attr; 5457 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5458 } 5459 } 5460 5461 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5462 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5463 bool IsSpecialization) { 5464 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5465 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5466 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5467 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5468 5469 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5470 return; 5471 5472 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5473 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5474 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5475 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5476 5477 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5478 // inherited attribute instances. 5479 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5480 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5481 5482 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5483 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5484 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5485 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5486 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5487 5488 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5489 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5490 bool JustWarn = false; 5491 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5492 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5493 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5494 JustWarn = true; 5495 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5496 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5497 JustWarn = true; 5498 } 5499 5500 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5501 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5502 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5503 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5504 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5505 JustWarn = false; 5506 5507 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5508 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5509 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5510 << NewDecl 5511 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5512 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5513 if (!JustWarn) { 5514 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5515 return; 5516 } 5517 } 5518 5519 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5520 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5521 // and qualified friend declarations. 5522 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5523 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5524 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5525 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5526 // separately. 5527 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5528 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5529 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5530 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5531 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5532 } 5533 5534 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5535 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5536 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5537 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5538 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5539 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5540 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5541 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5542 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5543 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5544 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5545 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5546 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5547 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5548 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5549 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5550 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5551 } 5552 } 5553 5554 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5555 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5556 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5557 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5558 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5559 5560 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5561 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5562 5563 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5564 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5565 return false; 5566 5567 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5568 5569 #ifndef NDEBUG 5570 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5571 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5572 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5573 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5574 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5575 #endif 5576 5577 bool isC99Inline = 5578 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5579 5580 #ifndef NDEBUG 5581 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5582 #endif 5583 5584 return isC99Inline; 5585 } 5586 5587 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5588 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5589 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5590 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5591 /// 5592 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5593 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5594 /// 5595 /// For instance: 5596 /// 5597 /// auto x = []{}; 5598 /// 5599 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5600 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5601 /// 5602 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5603 template<typename T> 5604 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5605 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5606 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5607 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5608 return false; 5609 5610 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes if overloading is enabled. 5611 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && S.getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 5612 (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5613 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5614 return false; 5615 } 5616 return D->isExternC(); 5617 } 5618 5619 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5620 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5621 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5622 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5623 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5624 return true; 5625 if (DC->isRecord()) 5626 return false; 5627 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5628 } 5629 5630 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5631 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5632 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5633 return true; 5634 if (DC->isRecord()) 5635 return false; 5636 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5637 } 5638 5639 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5640 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5641 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5642 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5643 return true; 5644 return false; 5645 } 5646 5647 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5648 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5649 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5650 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5651 return true; 5652 5653 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5654 // position to the decl itself. 5655 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5656 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5657 return true; 5658 } 5659 5660 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5661 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5662 } 5663 5664 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5665 /// function-local external declaration. 5666 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5667 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5668 return false; 5669 5670 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5671 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5672 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5673 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5674 return true; 5675 5676 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5677 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5678 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5679 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5680 // 5681 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5682 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5683 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5684 DC = DC->getParent(); 5685 return true; 5686 } 5687 5688 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5689 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5690 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5691 return FD->isExternC(); 5692 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5693 return VD->isExternC(); 5694 5695 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5696 } 5697 5698 NamedDecl * 5699 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5700 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5701 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5702 bool &AddToScope) { 5703 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5704 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5705 5706 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5707 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5708 5709 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5710 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5711 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5712 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5713 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5714 SC = SC_Extern; 5715 5716 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5717 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5718 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5719 5720 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5721 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5722 QualType NR = R; 5723 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5724 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5725 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5726 D.setInvalidType(); 5727 break; 5728 } 5729 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5730 } 5731 5732 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5733 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5734 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5735 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5736 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5737 D.setInvalidType(); 5738 } 5739 } 5740 } 5741 5742 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5743 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5744 // an error here 5745 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5746 D.setInvalidType(); 5747 SC = SC_None; 5748 } 5749 5750 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5751 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5752 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5753 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5754 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5755 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5756 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5757 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 5758 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5759 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5760 } 5761 5762 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5763 if (!II) { 5764 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5765 << Name; 5766 return nullptr; 5767 } 5768 5769 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5770 5771 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5772 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5773 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5774 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5775 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5776 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5777 D.setInvalidType(); 5778 } 5779 } 5780 5781 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5782 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5783 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5784 // space qualifiers. 5785 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5786 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5787 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5788 } 5789 5790 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5791 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5792 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5793 // address space qualifiers. 5794 if (R->isEventT()) { 5795 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5796 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5797 D.setInvalidType(); 5798 } 5799 5800 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5801 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5802 D.setInvalidType(); 5803 } 5804 } 5805 } 5806 5807 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5808 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5809 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5810 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5811 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5812 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5813 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5814 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5815 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5816 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5817 R, TInfo, SC); 5818 5819 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5820 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5821 5822 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5823 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5824 } else { 5825 bool Invalid = false; 5826 5827 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5828 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5829 switch (SC) { 5830 case SC_None: 5831 break; 5832 case SC_Static: 5833 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5834 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5835 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5836 break; 5837 case SC_Auto: 5838 case SC_Register: 5839 case SC_Extern: 5840 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5841 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5842 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5843 // of class members 5844 5845 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5846 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5847 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5848 break; 5849 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5850 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5851 } 5852 } 5853 5854 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5855 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5856 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5857 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5858 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5859 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5860 5861 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5862 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5863 if (RD->isUnion()) 5864 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5865 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5866 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5867 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5868 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5869 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5870 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5871 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5872 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5873 } 5874 } 5875 5876 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5877 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5878 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5879 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5880 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5881 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5882 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5883 : nullptr, 5884 TemplateParamLists, 5885 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5886 5887 if (TemplateParams) { 5888 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5889 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5890 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5891 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5892 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5893 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5894 << II 5895 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5896 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5897 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5898 } else { 5899 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5900 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5901 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5902 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5903 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5904 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5905 // This is a template declaration. 5906 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5907 5908 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5909 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5910 return nullptr; 5911 5912 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5913 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5914 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5915 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5916 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5917 } 5918 } 5919 } else { 5920 assert( 5921 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5922 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5923 } 5924 5925 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5926 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5927 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5928 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5929 : SourceLocation(); 5930 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5931 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5932 IsPartialSpecialization); 5933 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5934 return nullptr; 5935 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5936 AddToScope = false; 5937 } else 5938 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5939 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5940 5941 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5942 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5943 NewTemplate = 5944 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5945 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5946 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5947 } 5948 5949 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5950 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5951 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5952 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5953 5954 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5955 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5956 if (NewTemplate) 5957 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5958 } 5959 5960 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5961 5962 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5963 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5964 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5965 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5966 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5967 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 5968 5969 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5970 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5971 5972 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5973 NewVD->setConcept(true); 5974 5975 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 5976 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 5977 // specifiers, [...] 5978 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 5979 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5980 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 5981 << 0 << 0; 5982 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5983 } 5984 5985 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 5986 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 5987 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 5988 << 0 << 3; 5989 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5990 } 5991 } 5992 } 5993 5994 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5995 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5996 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5997 if (NewTemplate) 5998 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5999 6000 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6001 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6002 6003 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6004 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6005 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6006 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6007 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6008 // explicitly. 6009 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6010 // 'extern'. 6011 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6012 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6013 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6014 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6015 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6016 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6017 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6018 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6019 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6020 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6021 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6022 // error should be ignored. 6023 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6024 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6025 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6026 // to emit any code for it. 6027 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6028 } else 6029 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6030 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6031 } else 6032 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6033 } 6034 6035 // C99 6.7.4p3 6036 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6037 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6038 // thread storage duration... 6039 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6040 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6041 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6042 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6043 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6044 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6045 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6046 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6047 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6048 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6049 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6050 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6051 } 6052 } 6053 6054 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6055 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6056 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6057 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6058 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6059 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6060 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6061 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6062 << 2 6063 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6064 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6065 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6066 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6067 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6068 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6069 else { 6070 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6071 if (NewTemplate) 6072 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6073 } 6074 } 6075 6076 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6077 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6078 6079 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6080 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6081 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6082 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6083 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6084 // storage [duration]." 6085 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6086 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6087 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6088 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6089 } 6090 } 6091 6092 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6093 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6094 // check the VarDecl itself. 6095 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6096 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6097 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6098 6099 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6100 // retainable type. 6101 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6102 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6103 6104 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6105 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6106 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6107 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6108 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6109 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6110 switch (SC) { 6111 case SC_None: 6112 case SC_Auto: 6113 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6114 break; 6115 case SC_Register: 6116 // Local Named register 6117 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6118 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6119 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6120 break; 6121 case SC_Static: 6122 case SC_Extern: 6123 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6124 break; 6125 } 6126 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6127 // Global Named register 6128 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6129 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6130 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6131 6132 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6133 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6134 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6135 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6136 HasSizeMismatch)) 6137 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6138 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6139 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6140 } 6141 6142 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6143 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6144 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6145 } 6146 } 6147 6148 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6149 Context, Label, 0)); 6150 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6151 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6152 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6153 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6154 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6155 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6156 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6157 } else 6158 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6159 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6160 } 6161 } 6162 6163 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6164 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6165 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6166 6167 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6168 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6169 // declaration has linkage). 6170 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6171 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6172 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6173 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6174 6175 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6176 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6177 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6178 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6179 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6180 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6181 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6182 6183 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6184 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6185 } else { 6186 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6187 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6188 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6189 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6190 6191 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6192 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6193 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6194 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6195 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6196 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6197 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6198 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6199 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6200 Previous.clear(); 6201 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6202 } 6203 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6204 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6205 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6206 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6207 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6208 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6209 } 6210 6211 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6212 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6213 6214 if (NewTemplate) { 6215 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6216 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6217 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6218 : nullptr; 6219 6220 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6221 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6222 // template declaration. 6223 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6224 TemplateParams, 6225 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6226 : nullptr, 6227 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6228 DC->isDependentContext()) 6229 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6230 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6231 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6232 6233 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6234 // template, make a note of that. 6235 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6236 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6237 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6238 } 6239 } 6240 6241 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6242 6243 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6244 // the map of such variables. 6245 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6246 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6247 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6248 6249 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6250 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6251 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6252 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6253 Context.setManglingNumber( 6254 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6255 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6256 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6257 } 6258 } 6259 6260 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6261 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6262 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6263 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6264 6265 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6266 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6267 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6268 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6269 6270 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6271 // behavior. 6272 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6273 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6274 } 6275 6276 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6277 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6278 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6279 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6280 } 6281 6282 if (NewTemplate) { 6283 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6284 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6285 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6286 return NewTemplate; 6287 } 6288 6289 return NewVD; 6290 } 6291 6292 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6293 /// -Wshadow. 6294 /// 6295 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6296 /// scope. 6297 /// 6298 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6299 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6300 /// 6301 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6302 // Return if warning is ignored. 6303 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6304 return; 6305 6306 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6307 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6308 return; 6309 6310 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6311 6312 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6313 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6314 return; 6315 6316 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6317 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6318 return; 6319 6320 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6321 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6322 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6323 if (MD->isStatic()) 6324 return; 6325 6326 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6327 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6328 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6329 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6330 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6331 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6332 ShadowedDecl = I; 6333 break; 6334 } 6335 } 6336 6337 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6338 6339 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6340 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6341 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6342 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6343 return; 6344 6345 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6346 // static data members from base classes? 6347 6348 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6349 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6350 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6351 } 6352 6353 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6354 unsigned Kind; 6355 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6356 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6357 Kind = 3; // field 6358 else 6359 Kind = 2; // static data member 6360 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 6361 Kind = 1; // global 6362 else 6363 Kind = 0; // local 6364 6365 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6366 6367 // Emit warning and note. 6368 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6369 return; 6370 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6371 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6372 } 6373 6374 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6375 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6376 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6377 return; 6378 6379 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6380 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6381 LookupName(R, S); 6382 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6383 } 6384 6385 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6386 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6387 template<typename T> 6388 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6389 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6390 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6391 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6392 6393 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6394 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6395 // declaration. 6396 return false; 6397 } 6398 6399 if (Prev) { 6400 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6401 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6402 // redeclaration. 6403 Previous.clear(); 6404 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6405 return true; 6406 } 6407 6408 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6409 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6410 // declaration. 6411 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6412 return false; 6413 } else { 6414 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6415 // translation unit which might conflict. 6416 if (IsGlobal) { 6417 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6418 IsGlobal = false; 6419 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6420 I != E; ++I) { 6421 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6422 Prev = *I; 6423 break; 6424 } 6425 } 6426 } else { 6427 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6428 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6429 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6430 I != E; ++I) { 6431 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6432 Prev = *I; 6433 break; 6434 } 6435 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6436 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6437 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6438 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6439 // diagnostic. 6440 } 6441 } 6442 6443 if (!Prev) 6444 return false; 6445 } 6446 6447 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6448 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6449 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6450 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6451 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6452 else 6453 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6454 6455 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6456 << IsGlobal << ND; 6457 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6458 << IsGlobal; 6459 return false; 6460 } 6461 6462 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6463 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6464 /// 6465 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6466 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6467 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6468 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6469 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6470 template<typename T> 6471 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6472 LookupResult &Previous) { 6473 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6474 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6475 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6476 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6477 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6478 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6479 Previous.clear(); 6480 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6481 return true; 6482 } 6483 } 6484 return false; 6485 } 6486 6487 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6488 // declaration. 6489 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6490 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6491 6492 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6493 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6494 // in another scope. 6495 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6496 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6497 6498 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6499 return false; 6500 } 6501 6502 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6503 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6504 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6505 return; 6506 6507 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6508 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6509 6510 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6511 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6512 return; 6513 6514 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6515 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6516 6517 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6518 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6519 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6520 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6521 NewVD->setType(T); 6522 } 6523 6524 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6525 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6526 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6527 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6528 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6529 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6530 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6531 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6532 return; 6533 } 6534 6535 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6536 // scope. 6537 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6538 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6539 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6540 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6541 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6542 return; 6543 } 6544 6545 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6546 // __constant address space. 6547 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6548 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6549 // address space. 6550 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6551 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) { 6552 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6553 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6554 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6555 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6556 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6557 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6558 << "global or constant"; 6559 else 6560 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6561 << "constant"; 6562 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6563 return; 6564 } 6565 } else { 6566 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6567 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6568 // address space. 6569 if (NewVD->isStaticLocal() && 6570 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6571 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6572 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6573 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6574 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6575 << "global or constant"; 6576 else 6577 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6578 << "constant"; 6579 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6580 return; 6581 } 6582 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6583 // in functions. 6584 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6585 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6586 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6587 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6588 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6589 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable) 6590 << "constant"; 6591 else 6592 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_non_kernel_variable) 6593 << "local"; 6594 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6595 return; 6596 } 6597 } 6598 } 6599 } 6600 6601 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6602 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6603 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6604 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6605 else { 6606 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6607 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6608 } 6609 } 6610 6611 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6612 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6613 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6614 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6615 6616 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6617 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6618 bool SizeIsNegative; 6619 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6620 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6621 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6622 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6623 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6624 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6625 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6626 // int a[10][n]; 6627 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6628 6629 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6630 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6631 << SizeRange; 6632 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6633 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6634 << SizeRange; 6635 else 6636 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6637 << SizeRange; 6638 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6639 return; 6640 } 6641 6642 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6643 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6644 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6645 else 6646 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6647 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6648 return; 6649 } 6650 6651 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6652 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6653 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6654 } 6655 6656 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6657 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6658 // of objects and functions. 6659 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6660 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6661 << T; 6662 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6663 return; 6664 } 6665 } 6666 6667 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6668 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6669 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6670 return; 6671 } 6672 6673 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6674 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6675 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6676 return; 6677 } 6678 6679 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6680 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6681 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6682 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6683 return; 6684 } 6685 } 6686 6687 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6688 /// declaration. 6689 /// 6690 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6691 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6692 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6693 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6694 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6695 /// 6696 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6697 /// 6698 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6699 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6700 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6701 6702 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6703 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6704 return false; 6705 6706 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6707 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6708 if (Previous.empty() && 6709 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6710 Previous.setShadowed(); 6711 6712 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6713 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6714 return true; 6715 } 6716 return false; 6717 } 6718 6719 namespace { 6720 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6721 Sema *S; 6722 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6723 6724 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6725 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6726 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6727 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6728 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6729 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6730 6731 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6732 6733 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6734 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6735 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6736 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6737 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6738 6739 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6740 } 6741 6742 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6743 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6744 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6745 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6746 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6747 return true; 6748 } 6749 } 6750 6751 return false; 6752 } 6753 }; 6754 6755 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6756 } // end anonymous namespace 6757 6758 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6759 /// overriden methods. 6760 /// 6761 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6762 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6763 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6764 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6765 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6766 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6767 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6768 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6769 I != E; ++I) { 6770 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6771 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6772 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6773 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6774 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6775 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6776 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6777 } 6778 } 6779 6780 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6781 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6782 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6783 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6784 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6785 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 6786 FOM.Method = MD; 6787 FOM.S = this; 6788 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6789 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6790 bool AddedAny = false; 6791 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 6792 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6793 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6794 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6795 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6796 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6797 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6798 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6799 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6800 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6801 AddedAny = true; 6802 } 6803 } 6804 } 6805 } 6806 6807 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6808 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6809 } 6810 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6811 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6812 } 6813 6814 return AddedAny; 6815 } 6816 6817 namespace { 6818 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6819 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6820 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6821 Scope *S; 6822 Declarator &D; 6823 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6824 bool AddToScope; 6825 }; 6826 } 6827 6828 namespace { 6829 6830 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6831 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6832 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6833 public: 6834 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6835 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6836 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6837 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6838 6839 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6840 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6841 return false; 6842 6843 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6844 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6845 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6846 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6847 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6848 6849 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6850 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6851 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6852 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6853 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6854 return true; 6855 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6856 return true; 6857 } 6858 } 6859 } 6860 6861 return false; 6862 } 6863 6864 private: 6865 ASTContext &Context; 6866 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6867 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6868 }; 6869 6870 } 6871 6872 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6873 /// 6874 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6875 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6876 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6877 /// the same name. 6878 /// 6879 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6880 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6881 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6882 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6883 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6884 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6885 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6886 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6887 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6888 TypoCorrection Correction; 6889 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6890 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6891 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6892 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6893 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6894 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6895 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6896 6897 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6898 if (IsLocalFriend) 6899 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6900 else 6901 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6902 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6903 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6904 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6905 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6906 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6907 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6908 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6909 if (FD && 6910 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6911 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6912 // involve a parameter 6913 unsigned ParamNum = 6914 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6915 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6916 } 6917 } 6918 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6919 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6920 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6921 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6922 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6923 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6924 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6925 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6926 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6927 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6928 Previous.clear(); 6929 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6930 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6931 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6932 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6933 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6934 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6935 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6936 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6937 } 6938 } 6939 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6940 6941 NamedDecl *Result; 6942 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6943 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6944 { 6945 // Trap errors. 6946 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6947 6948 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6949 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6950 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6951 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6952 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6953 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6954 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6955 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6956 6957 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6958 Result = nullptr; 6959 } 6960 6961 if (Result) { 6962 // Determine which correction we picked. 6963 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6964 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6965 I != E; ++I) 6966 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6967 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6968 6969 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6970 Correction, 6971 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6972 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6973 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6974 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6975 return Result; 6976 } 6977 6978 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6979 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6980 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6981 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6982 Previous.clear(); 6983 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6984 } 6985 6986 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6987 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6988 6989 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6990 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6991 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6992 6993 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6994 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6995 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6996 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6997 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6998 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6999 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7000 7001 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7002 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7003 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7004 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7005 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7006 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7007 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7008 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7009 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7010 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7011 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7012 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7013 } else 7014 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7015 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7016 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7017 } 7018 return nullptr; 7019 } 7020 7021 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7022 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7023 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7024 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7025 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7026 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7027 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7028 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7029 D.setInvalidType(); 7030 break; 7031 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7032 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7033 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7034 return SC_None; 7035 return SC_Extern; 7036 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7037 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7038 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7039 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7040 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7041 // other than extern 7042 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7043 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7044 diag::err_static_block_func); 7045 break; 7046 } else 7047 return SC_Static; 7048 } 7049 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7050 } 7051 7052 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7053 return SC_None; 7054 } 7055 7056 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7057 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7058 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7059 StorageClass SC, 7060 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7061 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7062 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7063 7064 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7065 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7066 7067 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7068 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7069 // prototype. This true when: 7070 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7071 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7072 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7073 bool HasPrototype = 7074 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7075 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7076 7077 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7078 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7079 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7080 HasPrototype, false); 7081 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7082 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7083 7084 return NewFD; 7085 } 7086 7087 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7088 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7089 7090 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7091 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7092 // the class has been completely parsed. 7093 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7094 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7095 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7096 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7097 D.setInvalidType(); 7098 7099 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7100 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7101 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7102 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7103 7104 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7105 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7106 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7107 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7108 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7109 isConstexpr); 7110 7111 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7112 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7113 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7114 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7115 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7116 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7117 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7118 D.getLocStart(), 7119 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7120 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7121 7122 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7123 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7124 // it yet. 7125 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7126 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7127 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7128 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7129 } 7130 7131 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7132 return NewDD; 7133 7134 } else { 7135 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7136 D.setInvalidType(); 7137 7138 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7139 // code path. 7140 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7141 D.getLocStart(), 7142 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7143 SC, isInline, 7144 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7145 } 7146 7147 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7148 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7149 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7150 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7151 return nullptr; 7152 } 7153 7154 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7155 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7156 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7157 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7158 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7159 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7160 7161 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7162 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7163 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7164 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7165 // constructor if it has no return type). 7166 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7167 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7168 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7169 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7170 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7171 return nullptr; 7172 } 7173 7174 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7175 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7176 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7177 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7178 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7179 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7180 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7181 return Ret; 7182 } else { 7183 bool isFriend = 7184 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7185 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7186 return nullptr; 7187 7188 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7189 // prototype. This true when: 7190 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7191 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7192 D.getLocStart(), 7193 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7194 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7195 } 7196 } 7197 7198 enum OpenCLParamType { 7199 ValidKernelParam, 7200 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7201 PtrKernelParam, 7202 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7203 InvalidKernelParam, 7204 RecordKernelParam 7205 }; 7206 7207 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7208 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7209 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7210 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7211 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7212 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7213 : PtrKernelParam; 7214 } 7215 7216 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7217 // be used as builtin types. 7218 7219 if (PT->isImageType()) 7220 return PtrKernelParam; 7221 7222 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7223 return InvalidKernelParam; 7224 7225 if (PT->isEventT()) 7226 return InvalidKernelParam; 7227 7228 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7229 return InvalidKernelParam; 7230 7231 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7232 return RecordKernelParam; 7233 7234 return ValidKernelParam; 7235 } 7236 7237 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7238 Sema &S, 7239 Declarator &D, 7240 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7241 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7242 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7243 7244 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7245 // used again 7246 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7247 return; 7248 7249 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7250 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7251 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7252 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7253 // pointer to a pointer type. 7254 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7255 D.setInvalidType(); 7256 return; 7257 7258 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7259 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7260 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7261 // pointer to the private address space. 7262 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7263 D.setInvalidType(); 7264 return; 7265 7266 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7267 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7268 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7269 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7270 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7271 7272 case InvalidKernelParam: 7273 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7274 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7275 // of event_t type. 7276 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7277 D.setInvalidType(); 7278 return; 7279 7280 case PtrKernelParam: 7281 case ValidKernelParam: 7282 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7283 return; 7284 7285 case RecordKernelParam: 7286 break; 7287 } 7288 7289 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7290 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7291 7292 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7293 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7294 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7295 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7296 7297 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7298 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7299 7300 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7301 7302 do { 7303 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7304 if (!Next) { 7305 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7306 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7307 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7308 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7309 7310 continue; 7311 } 7312 7313 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7314 // field itself) to the history stack. 7315 const RecordDecl *RD; 7316 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7317 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7318 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7319 } else { 7320 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7321 } 7322 7323 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7324 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7325 7326 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7327 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7328 7329 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7330 continue; 7331 7332 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7333 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7334 continue; 7335 7336 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7337 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7338 continue; 7339 } 7340 7341 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7342 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7343 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7344 // union. 7345 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7346 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7347 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7348 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7349 << PT->isUnionType() 7350 << PT; 7351 } else { 7352 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7353 } 7354 7355 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7356 << PD->getDeclName(); 7357 7358 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7359 // the offending field came from 7360 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7361 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7362 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7363 I != E; ++I) { 7364 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7365 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7366 << OuterField->getType(); 7367 } 7368 7369 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7370 << QT->isPointerType() 7371 << QT; 7372 D.setInvalidType(); 7373 return; 7374 } 7375 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7376 } 7377 7378 NamedDecl* 7379 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7380 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7381 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7382 bool &AddToScope) { 7383 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7384 7385 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7386 7387 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7388 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7389 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7390 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7391 7392 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7393 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7394 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7395 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7396 7397 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7398 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7399 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7400 7401 bool isFriend = false; 7402 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7403 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7404 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7405 7406 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7407 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7408 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7409 7410 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7411 7412 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7413 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7414 7415 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7416 isVirtualOkay); 7417 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7418 7419 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7420 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7421 7422 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7423 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7424 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7425 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7426 7427 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7428 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7429 7430 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7431 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7432 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7433 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7434 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7435 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7436 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7437 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7438 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7439 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7440 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7441 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7442 } 7443 7444 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7445 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7446 // return true). 7447 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7448 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7449 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7450 NewFD->setPure(true); 7451 7452 // C++ [class.union]p2 7453 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7454 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7455 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7456 } 7457 7458 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7459 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7460 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7461 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7462 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7463 7464 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7465 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7466 bool Invalid = false; 7467 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7468 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7469 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7470 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7471 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7472 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7473 : nullptr, 7474 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7475 Invalid)) { 7476 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7477 // This is a function template 7478 7479 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7480 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7481 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7482 7483 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7484 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7485 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7486 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7487 } 7488 7489 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7490 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7491 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7492 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7493 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7494 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7495 Invalid = true; 7496 } 7497 7498 7499 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7500 NewFD->getLocation(), 7501 Name, TemplateParams, 7502 NewFD); 7503 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7504 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7505 7506 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7507 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7508 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7509 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7510 } 7511 } else { 7512 // This is a function template specialization. 7513 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7514 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7515 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7516 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7517 7518 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7519 if (isFriend) { 7520 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7521 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7522 7523 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7524 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7525 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7526 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7527 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7528 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7529 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7530 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7531 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7532 } 7533 7534 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7535 << Name << RemoveRange 7536 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7537 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7538 } 7539 } 7540 } 7541 else { 7542 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7543 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7544 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7545 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7546 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7547 } 7548 7549 if (Invalid) { 7550 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7551 if (FunctionTemplate) 7552 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7553 } 7554 7555 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7556 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7557 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7558 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7559 // 7560 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7561 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7562 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7563 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7564 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7565 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7566 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7567 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7568 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7569 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7570 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7571 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7572 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7573 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7574 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7575 } else { 7576 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7577 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7578 } 7579 7580 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7581 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7582 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7583 } 7584 7585 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7586 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7587 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7588 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7589 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7590 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7591 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7592 // thing to do. 7593 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7594 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7595 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7596 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7597 QualType Result = 7598 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7599 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7600 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7601 } 7602 7603 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7604 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7605 // declaration. 7606 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7607 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7608 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7609 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7610 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7611 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7612 } 7613 } 7614 7615 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7616 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7617 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7618 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7619 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7620 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7621 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7622 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7623 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7624 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7625 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7626 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7627 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7628 // or conversion function. 7629 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7630 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7631 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7632 } 7633 } 7634 7635 if (isConstexpr) { 7636 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7637 // are implicitly inline. 7638 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7639 7640 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7641 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7642 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7643 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7644 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7645 } 7646 7647 if (isConcept) { 7648 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7649 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7650 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7651 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7652 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7653 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7654 } 7655 7656 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7657 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7658 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7659 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7660 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7661 SourceRange Range; 7662 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7663 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7664 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7665 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7666 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7667 } else { 7668 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7669 } 7670 7671 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 7672 // following restrictions: 7673 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 7674 // parameter list. 7675 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 7676 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 7677 } 7678 7679 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7680 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7681 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7682 7683 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 7684 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 7685 // specifiers, [...] 7686 if (isInline) { 7687 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7688 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7689 << 1 << 1; 7690 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7691 } 7692 7693 if (isFriend) { 7694 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 7695 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7696 << 1 << 2; 7697 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7698 } 7699 7700 if (isConstexpr) { 7701 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7702 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7703 << 1 << 3; 7704 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7705 } 7706 } 7707 7708 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7709 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7710 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7711 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7712 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7713 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7714 << 0 7715 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7716 } else { 7717 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7718 if (FunctionTemplate) 7719 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7720 } 7721 } 7722 7723 if (isFriend) { 7724 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7725 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7726 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7727 } 7728 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7729 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7730 } 7731 7732 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7733 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7734 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7735 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7736 case FDK_Declaration: 7737 case FDK_Definition: 7738 break; 7739 7740 case FDK_Defaulted: 7741 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7742 break; 7743 7744 case FDK_Deleted: 7745 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7746 break; 7747 } 7748 7749 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7750 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7751 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7752 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7753 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7754 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7755 } 7756 7757 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7758 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7759 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7760 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7761 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7762 // the class. 7763 7764 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7765 // member function definition. 7766 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7767 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7768 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7769 } 7770 7771 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7772 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7773 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7774 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7775 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7776 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7777 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7778 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7779 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7780 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7781 } 7782 7783 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7784 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7785 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7786 isExplicitSpecialization || 7787 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7788 7789 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7790 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7791 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7792 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7793 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7794 SE->getString(), 0)); 7795 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7796 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7797 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7798 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7799 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7800 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7801 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7802 } else 7803 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7804 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7805 } 7806 } 7807 7808 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7809 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7810 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7811 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7812 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7813 7814 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7815 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7816 // single void argument. 7817 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7818 // already checks for that case. 7819 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7820 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7821 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7822 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7823 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7824 Params.push_back(Param); 7825 7826 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7827 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7828 } 7829 } 7830 7831 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7832 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7833 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7834 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7835 // 7836 // @code 7837 // typedef void fn(int); 7838 // fn f; 7839 // @endcode 7840 7841 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7842 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7843 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7844 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7845 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7846 Params.push_back(Param); 7847 } 7848 } else { 7849 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7850 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7851 } 7852 7853 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7854 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7855 7856 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7857 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7858 // 7859 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7860 // 7861 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7862 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7863 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7864 7865 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7866 NewFD->addAttr( 7867 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7868 Context, 0)); 7869 7870 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7871 // because all functions have linkage. 7872 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7873 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7874 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7875 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7876 } 7877 7878 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7879 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7880 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7881 NewFD->addAttr( 7882 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7883 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7884 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7885 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7886 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7887 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7888 NewFD)) 7889 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7890 } 7891 7892 // Handle attributes. 7893 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7894 7895 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7896 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7897 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7898 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 7899 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7900 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7901 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7902 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7903 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7904 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7905 } 7906 } 7907 7908 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7909 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7910 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7911 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7912 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7913 7914 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7915 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7916 7917 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7918 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7919 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7920 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7921 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7922 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7923 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7924 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7925 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7926 7927 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7928 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7929 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7930 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7931 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7932 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7933 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7934 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7935 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7936 int DiagID = 7937 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7938 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7939 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7940 } 7941 } 7942 } else { 7943 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7944 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7945 // 7946 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7947 // 7948 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7949 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7950 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7951 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7952 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7953 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7954 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7955 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7956 7957 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7958 // argument list into our AST format. 7959 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7960 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7961 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7962 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7963 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7964 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7965 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7966 TemplateArgs); 7967 7968 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7969 7970 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7971 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7972 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7973 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7974 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7975 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7976 7977 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7978 } else { 7979 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7980 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7981 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7982 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7983 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7984 } 7985 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7986 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7987 // wrote something like: 7988 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7989 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7990 // friend void foo<>(int); 7991 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7992 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7993 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7994 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7995 } 7996 7997 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7998 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7999 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8000 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8001 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8002 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8003 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8004 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8005 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 8006 InstantiationDependent))) { 8007 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8008 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8009 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8010 Previous)) 8011 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8012 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8013 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8014 && !isFriend) { 8015 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8016 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8017 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8018 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8019 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8020 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8021 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8022 : nullptr), 8023 Previous)) 8024 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8025 8026 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8027 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8028 // specialization (14.7.3) 8029 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8030 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8031 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8032 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8033 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8034 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8035 << SC 8036 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8037 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8038 8039 else 8040 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8041 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8042 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8043 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8044 } 8045 8046 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8047 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8048 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8049 } 8050 8051 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8052 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8053 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8054 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8055 8056 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8057 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8058 8059 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8060 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8061 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8062 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8063 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8064 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8065 } 8066 8067 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8068 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8069 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8070 8071 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8072 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8073 : NewFD); 8074 8075 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 8076 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8077 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8078 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8079 8080 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8081 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8082 } 8083 8084 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8085 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8086 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8087 8088 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8089 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8090 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8091 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8092 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8093 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8094 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8095 : nullptr, 8096 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8097 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8098 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8099 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8100 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8101 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8102 DC->isDependentContext()) 8103 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8104 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8105 } 8106 8107 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8108 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8109 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8110 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8111 AddToScope }; 8112 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8113 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8114 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8115 8116 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8117 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8118 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8119 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8120 8121 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8122 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8123 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8124 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8125 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8126 // can actually do this check immediately. 8127 if (isFriend && 8128 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8129 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8130 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8131 // ignore these 8132 } else { 8133 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8134 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8135 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8136 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8137 // 8138 // class X { 8139 // void f() const; 8140 // }; 8141 // 8142 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8143 // 8144 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8145 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8146 // whether the parameter types are references). 8147 8148 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8149 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8150 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8151 return Result; 8152 } 8153 } 8154 8155 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8156 // to something. 8157 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8158 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8159 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8160 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8161 return Result; 8162 } 8163 } 8164 8165 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8166 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8167 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8168 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8169 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8170 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8171 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8172 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8173 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8174 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8175 // generate them. 8176 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8177 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8178 } 8179 } 8180 8181 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8182 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8183 8184 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8185 8186 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8187 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8188 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8189 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8190 << NewFD; 8191 8192 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8193 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8194 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8195 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8196 EPI.Variadic = true; 8197 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8198 8199 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8200 NewFD->setType(R); 8201 } 8202 8203 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8204 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8205 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8206 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8207 8208 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8209 // marking the function. 8210 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8211 8212 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8213 // a pragma. 8214 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8215 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8216 8217 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8218 // the map of such variables. 8219 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8220 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8221 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8222 8223 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8224 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8225 8226 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8227 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8228 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8229 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8230 } 8231 8232 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8233 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8234 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8235 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8236 return FunctionTemplate; 8237 } 8238 } 8239 8240 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8241 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8242 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8243 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8244 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8245 D.setInvalidType(); 8246 } 8247 8248 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8249 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8250 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8251 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8252 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8253 : FixItHint()); 8254 D.setInvalidType(); 8255 } 8256 8257 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8258 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8259 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8260 } 8261 8262 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8263 8264 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8265 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 8266 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8267 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8268 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 8269 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8270 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8271 8272 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8273 } 8274 } 8275 8276 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8277 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8278 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8279 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8280 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8281 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8282 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8283 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8284 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8285 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8286 AddToScope = false; 8287 } 8288 8289 return NewFD; 8290 } 8291 8292 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8293 /// 8294 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8295 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8296 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8297 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8298 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8299 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8300 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8301 /// 8302 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8303 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8304 /// 8305 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8306 /// 8307 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8308 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8309 LookupResult &Previous, 8310 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8311 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8312 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8313 8314 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8315 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8316 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8317 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8318 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8319 8320 bool Redeclaration = false; 8321 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8322 8323 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8324 // the same name, if appropriate. 8325 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8326 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8327 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8328 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8329 // function to the scope. 8330 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8331 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8332 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8333 Redeclaration = true; 8334 OldDecl = Candidate; 8335 } 8336 } else { 8337 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8338 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8339 case Ovl_Match: 8340 Redeclaration = true; 8341 break; 8342 8343 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8344 Redeclaration = true; 8345 break; 8346 8347 case Ovl_Overload: 8348 Redeclaration = false; 8349 break; 8350 } 8351 8352 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8353 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8354 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8355 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8356 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8357 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8358 if (Redeclaration) 8359 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8360 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8361 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8362 if (OverloadedDecl) 8363 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8364 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8365 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8366 } 8367 } 8368 } 8369 8370 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8371 if (!Redeclaration && 8372 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8373 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8374 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8375 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8376 Redeclaration = true; 8377 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8378 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8379 8380 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8381 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8382 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8383 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8384 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8385 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8386 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8387 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8388 } 8389 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8390 Redeclaration = false; 8391 OldDecl = nullptr; 8392 } 8393 } 8394 } 8395 } 8396 8397 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8398 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8399 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8400 // 8401 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8402 // definition of a static member function. 8403 // 8404 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8405 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8406 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8407 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8408 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8409 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8410 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8411 if (OldDecl) 8412 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8413 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8414 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8415 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8416 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8417 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8418 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8419 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8420 8421 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8422 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8423 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8424 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8425 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8426 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8427 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8428 8429 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8430 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8431 } 8432 } 8433 } 8434 8435 if (Redeclaration) { 8436 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8437 // merged. 8438 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8439 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8440 return Redeclaration; 8441 } 8442 8443 Previous.clear(); 8444 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8445 8446 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8447 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8448 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8449 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8450 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8451 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8452 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8453 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8454 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8455 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8456 } 8457 8458 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8459 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8460 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8461 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8462 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8463 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8464 } 8465 8466 } else { 8467 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8468 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8469 8470 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8471 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8472 } 8473 } 8474 8475 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8476 8477 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8478 // C++-specific checks. 8479 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8480 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8481 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8482 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8483 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8484 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8485 8486 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8487 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8488 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8489 DeclarationName Name 8490 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8491 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8492 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8493 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8494 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8495 return Redeclaration; 8496 } 8497 } 8498 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8499 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8500 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8501 } 8502 8503 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8504 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8505 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8506 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8507 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8508 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8509 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8510 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8511 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8512 } 8513 } 8514 } 8515 8516 if (Method->isStatic()) 8517 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8518 } 8519 8520 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8521 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8522 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8523 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8524 return Redeclaration; 8525 } 8526 8527 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8528 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8529 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8530 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8531 return Redeclaration; 8532 } 8533 8534 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8535 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8536 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8537 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8538 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8539 8540 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8541 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8542 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8543 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8544 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8545 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8546 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8547 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8548 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8549 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8550 } 8551 } 8552 8553 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8554 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8555 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8556 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8557 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8558 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8559 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8560 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8561 << NewFD << R; 8562 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8563 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8564 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8565 } 8566 } 8567 return Redeclaration; 8568 } 8569 8570 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8571 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8572 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8573 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8574 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8575 // appear in a declaration of main. 8576 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8577 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8578 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8579 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8580 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8581 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8582 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8583 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8584 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8585 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8586 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8587 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8588 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8589 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8590 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8591 } 8592 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8593 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8594 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8595 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8596 } 8597 8598 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8599 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8600 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8601 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8602 return; 8603 } 8604 8605 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8606 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8607 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8608 8609 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8610 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8611 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8612 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8613 8614 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8615 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8616 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8617 else { 8618 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8619 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8620 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8621 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8622 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8623 } 8624 } else { 8625 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8626 // set the flag which tells us that. 8627 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8628 8629 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8630 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8631 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8632 else { 8633 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8634 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8635 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8636 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8637 : FixItHint()); 8638 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8639 } 8640 } 8641 8642 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8643 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8644 8645 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8646 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8647 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8648 8649 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8650 8651 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8652 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8653 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8654 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8655 } 8656 8657 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8658 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8659 // getting shifty. 8660 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8661 HasExtraParameters = false; 8662 8663 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8664 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8665 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8666 nparams = 3; 8667 } 8668 8669 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8670 // if we had some location information about types. 8671 8672 QualType CharPP = 8673 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8674 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8675 8676 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8677 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8678 8679 bool mismatch = true; 8680 8681 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8682 mismatch = false; 8683 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8684 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8685 // char const ** 8686 // char const * const * 8687 // char * const * 8688 8689 QualifierCollector qs; 8690 const PointerType* PT; 8691 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8692 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8693 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8694 Context.CharTy)) { 8695 qs.removeConst(); 8696 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8697 } 8698 } 8699 8700 if (mismatch) { 8701 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8702 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8703 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8704 } 8705 } 8706 8707 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8708 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8709 } 8710 8711 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8712 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8713 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8714 } 8715 } 8716 8717 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8718 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8719 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8720 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8721 8722 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8723 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8724 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8725 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8726 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8727 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8728 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8729 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8730 8731 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8732 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8733 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8734 } 8735 } 8736 8737 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8738 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8739 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8740 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8741 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8742 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8743 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8744 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8745 // rules there don't matter.) 8746 const Expr *Culprit; 8747 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8748 return false; 8749 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8750 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8751 return true; 8752 } 8753 8754 namespace { 8755 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8756 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8757 class SelfReferenceChecker 8758 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8759 Sema &S; 8760 Decl *OrigDecl; 8761 bool isRecordType; 8762 bool isPODType; 8763 bool isReferenceType; 8764 8765 bool isInitList; 8766 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8767 public: 8768 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8769 8770 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8771 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8772 isPODType = false; 8773 isRecordType = false; 8774 isReferenceType = false; 8775 isInitList = false; 8776 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8777 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8778 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8779 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8780 } 8781 } 8782 8783 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8784 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8785 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8786 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8787 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8788 if (!InitList) { 8789 Visit(E); 8790 return; 8791 } 8792 8793 // Track and increment the index here. 8794 isInitList = true; 8795 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8796 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8797 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8798 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8799 } 8800 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8801 } 8802 8803 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8804 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8805 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8806 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8807 Expr *Base = E; 8808 bool ReferenceField = false; 8809 8810 // Get the field memebers used. 8811 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8812 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8813 if (!FD) 8814 return false; 8815 Fields.push_back(FD); 8816 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8817 ReferenceField = true; 8818 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8819 } 8820 8821 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8822 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8823 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8824 return false; 8825 8826 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8827 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8828 return true; 8829 8830 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8831 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8832 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 8833 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 8834 8835 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8836 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8837 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8838 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8839 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8840 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8841 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8842 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8843 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8844 return true; 8845 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8846 break; 8847 } 8848 8849 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8850 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8851 return true; 8852 } 8853 8854 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8855 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8856 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8857 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8858 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8859 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8860 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8861 return; 8862 } 8863 8864 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8865 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8866 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8867 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8868 return; 8869 } 8870 8871 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8872 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8873 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8874 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8875 return; 8876 } 8877 8878 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8879 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8880 return; 8881 } 8882 8883 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8884 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8885 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8886 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8887 return; 8888 } 8889 } 8890 8891 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8892 if (isInitList) { 8893 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8894 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8895 return; 8896 } 8897 8898 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8899 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8900 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8901 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8902 return; 8903 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8904 } 8905 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8906 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8907 return; 8908 } 8909 8910 Visit(E); 8911 } 8912 8913 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8914 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8915 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8916 if (isReferenceType) 8917 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8918 } 8919 8920 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8921 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8922 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8923 return; 8924 } 8925 8926 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8927 } 8928 8929 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8930 if (isInitList) { 8931 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8932 return; 8933 } 8934 8935 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8936 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8937 8938 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8939 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8940 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8941 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8942 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8943 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8944 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8945 Warn = false; 8946 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8947 } 8948 8949 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8950 if (Warn) 8951 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8952 return; 8953 } 8954 8955 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8956 // Visit that expression. 8957 Visit(Base); 8958 } 8959 8960 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8961 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8962 8963 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8964 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8965 8966 Visit(Callee); 8967 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8968 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8969 } 8970 8971 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8972 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8973 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8974 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8975 if (!isPODType) 8976 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8977 return; 8978 } 8979 8980 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8981 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8982 return; 8983 } 8984 8985 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8986 } 8987 8988 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8989 8990 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8991 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8992 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8993 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8994 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8995 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8996 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8997 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8998 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8999 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9000 return; 9001 } 9002 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9003 } 9004 9005 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9006 // Treat std::move as a use. 9007 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9008 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9009 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9010 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9011 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9012 return; 9013 } 9014 } 9015 } 9016 9017 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9018 } 9019 9020 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9021 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9022 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9023 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9024 return; 9025 } 9026 9027 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9028 } 9029 9030 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9031 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9032 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9033 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9034 Visit(E->getCond()); 9035 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9036 } 9037 9038 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9039 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9040 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9041 unsigned diag; 9042 if (isReferenceType) { 9043 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9044 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9045 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9046 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9047 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9048 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9049 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9050 } else { 9051 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9052 return; 9053 } 9054 9055 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9056 S.PDiag(diag) 9057 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9058 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9059 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9060 } 9061 }; 9062 9063 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9064 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9065 bool DirectInit) { 9066 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9067 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9068 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9069 return; 9070 9071 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9072 9073 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9074 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9075 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9076 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9077 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9078 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9079 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9080 return; 9081 9082 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9083 } 9084 } 9085 9086 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9087 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9088 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9089 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9090 Expr *Init) { 9091 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9092 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9093 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9094 9095 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9096 if (DirectInit) { 9097 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9098 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9099 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9100 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9101 } 9102 9103 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9104 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9105 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9106 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9107 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9108 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9109 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9110 << Name << Type << Range; 9111 return QualType(); 9112 } 9113 9114 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9115 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9116 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9117 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9118 << Name << Type << Range; 9119 return QualType(); 9120 } 9121 9122 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9123 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9124 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9125 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9126 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9127 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range; 9128 return QualType(); 9129 } 9130 9131 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9132 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9133 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9134 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9135 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9136 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9137 return QualType(); 9138 } 9139 Init = Result.get(); 9140 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9141 } 9142 9143 QualType DeducedType; 9144 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9145 if (!IsInitCapture) 9146 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9147 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9148 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9149 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9150 << Name 9151 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9152 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9153 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9154 else 9155 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9156 << Name << TSI->getType() 9157 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9158 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9159 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9160 } 9161 9162 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9163 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9164 // checks. 9165 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9166 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9167 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9168 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9169 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9170 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range; 9171 } 9172 9173 return DeducedType; 9174 } 9175 9176 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9177 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9178 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9179 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9180 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9181 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9182 // the initializer. 9183 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9184 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9185 return; 9186 } 9187 9188 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9189 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9190 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9191 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9192 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9193 return; 9194 } 9195 9196 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9197 if (!VDecl) { 9198 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9199 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9200 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9201 return; 9202 } 9203 9204 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9205 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9206 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9207 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9208 // TypoExpr. 9209 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9210 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9211 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9212 return; 9213 } 9214 Init = Res.get(); 9215 9216 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9217 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9218 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9219 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9220 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9221 return; 9222 } 9223 9224 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9225 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9226 9227 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9228 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9229 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9230 9231 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9232 // the previously declared type. 9233 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9234 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9235 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9236 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9237 } 9238 9239 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9240 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9241 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9242 return; 9243 } 9244 9245 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9246 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9247 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9248 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9249 return; 9250 } 9251 9252 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9253 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9254 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9255 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9256 return; 9257 } 9258 9259 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9260 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9261 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9262 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9263 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9264 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9265 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9266 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9267 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9268 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9269 return; 9270 } 9271 9272 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9273 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9274 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9275 AbstractVariableType)) 9276 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9277 } 9278 9279 VarDecl *Def; 9280 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9281 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9282 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9283 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9284 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9285 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9286 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9287 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9288 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9289 } else { 9290 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9291 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9292 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9293 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9294 return; 9295 } 9296 } 9297 9298 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9299 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9300 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9301 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9302 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9303 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9304 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9305 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9306 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9307 // 9308 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9309 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9310 // declaration with an initializer. 9311 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9312 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9313 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9314 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9315 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9316 << 0; 9317 return; 9318 } 9319 9320 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9321 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9322 9323 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9324 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9325 return; 9326 } 9327 } 9328 9329 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9330 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9331 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9332 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9333 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9334 return; 9335 } 9336 9337 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9338 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9339 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9340 9341 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9342 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9343 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9344 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9345 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9346 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9347 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9348 return; 9349 } 9350 Init = Result.get(); 9351 } 9352 9353 // Perform the initialization. 9354 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9355 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9356 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9357 InitializationKind Kind = 9358 DirectInit 9359 ? CXXDirectInit 9360 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9361 Init->getLocStart(), 9362 Init->getLocEnd()) 9363 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9364 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9365 Init->getLocStart()); 9366 9367 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9368 if (CXXDirectInit) 9369 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9370 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9371 9372 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9373 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9374 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9375 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9376 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9377 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9378 }); 9379 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9380 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9381 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9382 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9383 } 9384 } 9385 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9386 return; 9387 9388 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 9389 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9390 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9391 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9392 return; 9393 } 9394 9395 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9396 } 9397 9398 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9399 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9400 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9401 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9402 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9403 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9404 } 9405 9406 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9407 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9408 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9409 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9410 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9411 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9412 9413 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9414 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9415 9416 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9417 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9418 9419 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9420 // Although this code can still have problems: 9421 // id x = self.weakProp; 9422 // id y = self.weakProp; 9423 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9424 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9425 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9426 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9427 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9428 Init->getLocStart())) 9429 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9430 } 9431 9432 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9433 // 9434 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9435 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9436 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9437 // 9438 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9439 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9440 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9441 // 9442 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9443 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9444 false, 9445 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9446 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9447 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9448 return; 9449 } 9450 Init = Result.get(); 9451 9452 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9453 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9454 9455 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9456 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9457 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9458 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9459 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9460 const Expr *Culprit; 9461 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9462 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9463 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9464 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9465 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9466 // constant expressions. 9467 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9468 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9469 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9470 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9471 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9472 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9473 } 9474 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9475 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9476 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9477 // 9478 // struct S { 9479 // static const int value = 17; 9480 // }; 9481 9482 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9483 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9484 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9485 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9486 // 9487 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9488 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9489 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9490 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9491 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9492 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9493 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9494 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9495 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9496 9497 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9498 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9499 9500 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9501 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9502 // type. 9503 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9504 9505 // Require constness. 9506 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9507 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9508 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9509 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9510 9511 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9512 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9513 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9514 SourceLocation Loc; 9515 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9516 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9517 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9518 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9519 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9520 ; // Nothing to check. 9521 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9522 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9523 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9524 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9525 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9526 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9527 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9528 } else { 9529 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9530 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9531 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9532 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9533 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9534 } 9535 9536 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9537 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9538 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9539 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9540 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9541 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9542 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9543 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9544 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9545 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9546 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9547 } else { 9548 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9549 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9550 9551 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9552 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9553 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9554 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9555 } 9556 } 9557 9558 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9559 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9560 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9561 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9562 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9563 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9564 9565 } else { 9566 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9567 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9568 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9569 } 9570 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9571 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9572 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9573 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9574 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9575 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9576 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9577 9578 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9579 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9580 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9581 } 9582 9583 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9584 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9585 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9586 // 9587 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9588 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9589 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9590 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9591 // special case code. 9592 9593 // C++ 8.5p11: 9594 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9595 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9596 // class type. 9597 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9598 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9599 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9600 } else if (DirectInit) { 9601 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9602 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9603 } 9604 9605 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9606 } 9607 9608 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9609 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9610 /// of sanity. 9611 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9612 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9613 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9614 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9615 9616 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9617 if (!VD) return; 9618 9619 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9620 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9621 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9622 return; 9623 } 9624 9625 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9626 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9627 9628 // Require a complete type. 9629 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9630 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9631 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9632 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9633 return; 9634 } 9635 9636 // Require a non-abstract type. 9637 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9638 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9639 AbstractVariableType)) { 9640 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9641 return; 9642 } 9643 9644 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9645 // though. 9646 } 9647 9648 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9649 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9650 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9651 if (!RealDecl) 9652 return; 9653 9654 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9655 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9656 9657 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9658 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9659 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9660 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9661 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9662 return; 9663 } 9664 9665 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9666 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9667 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9668 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9669 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9670 // member. 9671 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9672 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9673 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9674 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9675 << Var->getDeclName(); 9676 else 9677 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9678 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9679 return; 9680 } 9681 9682 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 9683 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 9684 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 9685 if (Var->isConcept()) { 9686 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 9687 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9688 return; 9689 } 9690 9691 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9692 // be initialized. 9693 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9694 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9695 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9696 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9697 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9698 return; 9699 } 9700 9701 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9702 case VarDecl::Definition: 9703 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9704 break; 9705 9706 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9707 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9708 // a declaration. 9709 // 9710 // Fall through 9711 9712 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9713 // It's only a declaration. 9714 9715 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9716 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9717 // object shall be complete. 9718 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9719 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9720 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9721 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9722 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9723 9724 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9725 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9726 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9727 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9728 AbstractVariableType)) 9729 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9730 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9731 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9732 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9733 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9734 } 9735 9736 return; 9737 9738 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9739 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9740 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9741 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9742 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9743 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9744 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9745 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9746 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9747 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9748 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9749 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9750 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9751 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9752 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9753 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9754 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9755 // NOTE: code such as the following 9756 // static struct s; 9757 // struct s { int a; }; 9758 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9759 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9760 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9761 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9762 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9763 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9764 } 9765 } 9766 9767 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9768 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9769 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9770 return; 9771 } 9772 9773 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9774 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9775 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9776 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9777 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9778 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9779 return; 9780 } 9781 9782 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9783 // definitions with reference type. 9784 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9785 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9786 << Var->getDeclName() 9787 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9788 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9789 return; 9790 } 9791 9792 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9793 // variable with dependent type. 9794 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9795 return; 9796 9797 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9798 return; 9799 9800 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9801 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9802 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9803 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9804 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9805 return; 9806 } 9807 } else { 9808 return; 9809 } 9810 9811 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9812 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9813 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9814 AbstractVariableType)) { 9815 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9816 return; 9817 } 9818 9819 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9820 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9821 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9822 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9823 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9824 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9825 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9826 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9827 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9828 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9829 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9830 if (const RecordType *Record 9831 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9832 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9833 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9834 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9835 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9836 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9837 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9838 } 9839 } 9840 9841 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9842 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9843 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9844 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9845 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9846 // type shall have a user-declared default 9847 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9848 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9849 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9850 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9851 // program is ill-formed. 9852 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9853 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9854 // default-initialized; [...]. 9855 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9856 InitializationKind Kind 9857 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9858 9859 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9860 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9861 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9862 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9863 else if (Init.get()) { 9864 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9865 // This is important for template substitution. 9866 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9867 } 9868 9869 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9870 } 9871 } 9872 9873 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9874 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9875 if (!VD) { 9876 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9877 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9878 return; 9879 } 9880 9881 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9882 9883 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9884 int Error = -1; 9885 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9886 case SC_None: 9887 break; 9888 case SC_Extern: 9889 Error = 0; 9890 break; 9891 case SC_Static: 9892 Error = 1; 9893 break; 9894 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9895 Error = 2; 9896 break; 9897 case SC_Auto: 9898 Error = 3; 9899 break; 9900 case SC_Register: 9901 Error = 4; 9902 break; 9903 } 9904 if (Error != -1) { 9905 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9906 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9907 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9908 } 9909 } 9910 9911 StmtResult 9912 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9913 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9914 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9915 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9916 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9917 // A range-based for statement of the form 9918 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9919 // is equivalent to 9920 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9921 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9922 9923 const char *PrevSpec; 9924 unsigned DiagID; 9925 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9926 getPrintingPolicy()); 9927 9928 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9929 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9930 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9931 9932 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9933 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9934 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9935 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9936 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9937 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9938 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9939 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9940 } 9941 9942 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9943 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9944 9945 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9946 // local retaining variable. 9947 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 9948 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9949 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9950 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9951 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9952 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9953 break; 9954 9955 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9956 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9957 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9958 break; 9959 } 9960 } 9961 9962 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9963 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9964 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9965 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9966 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9967 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9968 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9969 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9970 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9971 var->getLocation())) { 9972 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9973 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9974 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9975 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9976 9977 if (!prev) 9978 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9979 } 9980 9981 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9982 const Expr *Culprit; 9983 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9984 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9985 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9986 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9987 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9988 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9989 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9990 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9991 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9992 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9993 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9994 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9995 // initialization. 9996 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9997 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9998 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9999 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10000 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10001 } 10002 10003 } 10004 10005 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10006 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10007 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10008 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10009 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10010 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10011 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10012 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10013 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10014 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10015 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10016 } else { 10017 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10018 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10019 } 10020 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10021 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10022 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10023 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10024 } 10025 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10026 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10027 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10028 10029 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10030 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10031 // attribute. 10032 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10033 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10034 CurInitSegLoc)); 10035 } 10036 10037 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10038 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 10039 10040 QualType type = var->getType(); 10041 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10042 10043 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10044 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10045 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10046 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10047 10048 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10049 // constructing this copy. 10050 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10051 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10052 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10053 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10054 ExprResult result 10055 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10056 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10057 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10058 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10059 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10060 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10061 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10062 } 10063 } 10064 } 10065 10066 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10067 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10068 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10069 10070 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10071 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10072 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 10073 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10074 var->getLocation())) { 10075 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10076 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10077 // warned about them. 10078 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10079 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 10080 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 10081 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10082 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10083 } 10084 10085 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10086 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10087 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10088 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10089 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10090 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10091 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10092 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10093 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10094 Notes.clear(); 10095 } 10096 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10097 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10098 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10099 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10100 } 10101 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10102 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10103 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10104 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10105 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10106 } 10107 } 10108 10109 // Require the destructor. 10110 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10111 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10112 } 10113 10114 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10115 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10116 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10117 return true; 10118 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10119 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10120 return true; 10121 return false; 10122 } 10123 10124 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10125 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10126 void 10127 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10128 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10129 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10130 10131 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10132 if (!VD) 10133 return; 10134 10135 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10136 10137 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10138 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10139 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10140 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10141 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10142 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10143 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10144 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10145 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10146 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10147 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10148 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10149 } 10150 } 10151 } 10152 10153 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10154 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10155 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10156 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10157 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10158 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10159 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10160 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10161 } 10162 } 10163 } 10164 10165 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10166 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10167 10168 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10169 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10170 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10171 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10172 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10173 // with a warning. 10174 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10175 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10176 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10177 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10178 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10179 10180 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10181 IsClassTemplateMember 10182 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10183 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10184 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10185 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10186 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10187 } 10188 } 10189 10190 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10191 // isn't exported with the variable. 10192 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10193 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10194 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10195 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10196 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10197 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10198 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10199 } else { 10200 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10201 << DLLAttr; 10202 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10203 } 10204 } 10205 10206 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10207 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10208 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10209 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10210 } 10211 } 10212 10213 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10214 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10215 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10216 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10217 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10218 10219 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10220 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10221 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10222 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10223 10224 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10225 // tag values. 10226 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10227 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10228 return; 10229 10230 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10231 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10232 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10233 continue; 10234 } 10235 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10236 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10237 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10238 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10239 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10240 continue; 10241 } 10242 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10243 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10244 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10245 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10246 continue; 10247 } 10248 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10249 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10250 MagicValue, 10251 I->getMatchingCType(), 10252 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10253 I->getMustBeNull()); 10254 } 10255 } 10256 10257 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10258 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10259 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10260 10261 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10262 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10263 10264 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10265 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10266 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10267 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10268 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10269 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10270 Decls.push_back(D); 10271 } 10272 10273 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10274 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10275 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10276 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10277 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10278 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10279 } 10280 } 10281 10282 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10283 } 10284 10285 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10286 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10287 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10288 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10289 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10290 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10291 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10292 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10293 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10294 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10295 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10296 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10297 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10298 QualType Deduced; 10299 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10300 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10301 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10302 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10303 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10304 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10305 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10306 break; 10307 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10308 if (!U.isNull()) { 10309 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10310 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10311 Deduced = U; 10312 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10313 DeducedDecl = D; 10314 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10315 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10316 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10317 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 10318 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10319 << U << D->getDeclName() 10320 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10321 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10322 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10323 break; 10324 } 10325 } 10326 } 10327 } 10328 } 10329 10330 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10331 10332 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10333 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10334 } 10335 10336 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10337 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10338 } 10339 10340 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10341 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10342 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10343 return; 10344 10345 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10346 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10347 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10348 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10349 return; 10350 10351 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10352 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10353 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10354 // additional declaration references: 10355 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10356 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10357 // 'struct S *pS;' 10358 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10359 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10360 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10361 Group = Group.slice(1); 10362 } 10363 } 10364 10365 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10366 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10367 if (!Comments.empty() && 10368 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10369 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10370 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10371 // 10372 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10373 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10374 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10375 // ahead through comments. 10376 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10377 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10378 } 10379 } 10380 10381 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10382 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10383 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10384 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10385 10386 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10387 10388 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10389 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10390 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10391 SC = SC_Register; 10392 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10393 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10394 SC = SC_Auto; 10395 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10396 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10397 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10398 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10399 } 10400 10401 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10402 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10403 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10404 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10405 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10406 << 0; 10407 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 10408 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 10409 10410 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10411 10412 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10413 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10414 10415 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10416 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10417 // parameter. 10418 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10419 10420 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10421 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10422 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10423 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10424 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10425 } 10426 } 10427 10428 // Ensure we have a valid name 10429 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10430 if (D.hasName()) { 10431 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10432 if (!II) { 10433 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10434 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10435 D.setInvalidType(true); 10436 } 10437 } 10438 10439 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10440 if (II) { 10441 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10442 ForRedeclaration); 10443 LookupName(R, S); 10444 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10445 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10446 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10447 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10448 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10449 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10450 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10451 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10452 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10453 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10454 10455 // Recover by removing the name 10456 II = nullptr; 10457 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10458 D.setInvalidType(true); 10459 } 10460 } 10461 } 10462 10463 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10464 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10465 // looking like class members in C++. 10466 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10467 D.getLocStart(), 10468 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10469 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10470 SC); 10471 10472 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10473 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10474 10475 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10476 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10477 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10478 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10479 10480 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10481 S->AddDecl(New); 10482 if (II) 10483 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10484 10485 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10486 10487 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10488 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10489 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10490 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10491 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10492 10493 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10494 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10495 } 10496 return New; 10497 } 10498 10499 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10500 /// typedef. 10501 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10502 SourceLocation Loc, 10503 QualType T) { 10504 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10505 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10506 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10507 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10508 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10509 SC_None, nullptr); 10510 Param->setImplicit(); 10511 return Param; 10512 } 10513 10514 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10515 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10516 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10517 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10518 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10519 return; 10520 10521 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10522 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10523 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10524 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10525 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10526 } 10527 } 10528 } 10529 10530 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10531 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10532 QualType ReturnTy, 10533 NamedDecl *D) { 10534 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10535 return; 10536 10537 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10538 // threshold. 10539 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10540 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10541 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10542 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10543 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10544 } 10545 10546 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10547 // threshold. 10548 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10549 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10550 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10551 continue; 10552 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10553 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10554 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10555 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10556 } 10557 } 10558 10559 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10560 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10561 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10562 StorageClass SC) { 10563 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10564 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10565 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10566 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10567 10568 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10569 10570 // Special cases for arrays: 10571 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10572 // - otherwise, it's an error 10573 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10574 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10575 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10576 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10577 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10578 } 10579 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10580 } else { 10581 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10582 } 10583 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10584 } 10585 10586 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10587 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10588 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10589 10590 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10591 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10592 // the class has been completely parsed. 10593 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10594 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10595 AbstractParamType)) 10596 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10597 10598 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10599 // passed by reference. 10600 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10601 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10602 Diag(NameLoc, 10603 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10604 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10605 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10606 New->setType(T); 10607 } 10608 10609 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10610 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10611 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10612 // an address space. 10613 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10614 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10615 // to be qualified with an address space. 10616 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10617 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10618 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10619 } 10620 } 10621 10622 return New; 10623 } 10624 10625 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10626 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10627 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10628 10629 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10630 // for a K&R function. 10631 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10632 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10633 --i; 10634 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10635 SmallString<256> Code; 10636 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10637 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10638 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10639 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10641 10642 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10643 // type. 10644 AttributeFactory attrs; 10645 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10646 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10647 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10648 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10649 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10650 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10651 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10652 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10653 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10654 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10655 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10656 } 10657 } 10658 } 10659 } 10660 10661 Decl * 10662 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 10663 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10664 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10665 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10666 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10667 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10668 10669 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10670 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 10671 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 10672 } 10673 10674 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10675 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10676 } 10677 10678 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10679 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10680 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10681 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10682 return false; 10683 10684 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10685 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10686 return false; 10687 10688 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10689 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10690 return false; 10691 10692 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10693 if (FD->isMain()) 10694 return false; 10695 10696 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10697 if (FD->isInlined()) 10698 return false; 10699 10700 // Don't warn about function templates. 10701 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10702 return false; 10703 10704 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10705 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10706 return false; 10707 10708 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10709 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10710 return false; 10711 10712 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10713 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10714 return false; 10715 10716 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10717 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10718 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10719 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10720 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10721 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10722 continue; 10723 10724 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10725 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10726 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10727 break; 10728 } 10729 10730 return MissingPrototype; 10731 } 10732 10733 void 10734 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10735 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 10736 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10737 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10738 // was an extern inline function. 10739 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10740 if (!Definition) 10741 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10742 return; 10743 10744 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10745 return; 10746 10747 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10748 // a template, skip the new definition. 10749 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10750 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 10751 Definition->isInlined() || 10752 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10753 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 10754 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 10755 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10756 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 10757 else 10758 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 10759 FD->getLocation()); 10760 return; 10761 } 10762 10763 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10764 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10765 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10766 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10767 else 10768 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10769 10770 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10771 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10772 } 10773 10774 10775 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10776 Sema &S) { 10777 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10778 10779 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10780 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10781 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10782 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10783 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10784 10785 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10786 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10787 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10788 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10789 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10790 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10791 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10792 10793 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10794 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10795 10796 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10797 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10798 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10799 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10800 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10801 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10802 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10803 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10804 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10805 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10806 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10807 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10808 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10809 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10810 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10811 10812 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10813 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10814 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10815 } else { 10816 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10817 } 10818 ++I; 10819 } 10820 } 10821 10822 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 10823 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10824 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10825 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10826 10827 if (!D) 10828 return D; 10829 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10830 10831 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10832 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10833 else 10834 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10835 10836 // See if this is a redefinition. 10837 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 10838 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 10839 10840 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 10841 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 10842 return D; 10843 } 10844 10845 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10846 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10847 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10848 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10849 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10850 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10851 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10852 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10853 // have the LSI properly restored. 10854 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10855 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10856 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10857 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10858 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10859 } 10860 else 10861 // Enter a new function scope 10862 PushFunctionScope(); 10863 10864 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10865 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10866 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10867 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10868 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10869 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10870 } 10871 } 10872 10873 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10874 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10875 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10876 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10877 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10878 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10879 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10880 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10881 10882 if (FnBodyScope) 10883 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10884 10885 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10886 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10887 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10888 10889 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10890 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10891 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10892 10893 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10894 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10895 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10896 10897 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10898 } 10899 } 10900 10901 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10902 // introduce them into the function scope. 10903 if (FnBodyScope) { 10904 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10905 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10906 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10907 I != E; ++I) { 10908 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10909 10910 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 10911 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 10912 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 10913 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10914 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10915 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10916 if (DI == D) { 10917 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10918 break; 10919 } 10920 } 10921 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10922 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10923 } 10924 10925 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10926 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10927 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10928 10929 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10930 // accessible in this scope. 10931 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10932 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10933 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10934 } 10935 } 10936 } 10937 10938 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10939 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10940 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10941 10942 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10943 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10944 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10945 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10946 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10947 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10948 return D; 10949 } 10950 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10951 // a function template). 10952 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10953 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10954 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10955 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10956 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10957 10958 return D; 10959 } 10960 10961 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10962 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10963 /// optimization. 10964 /// 10965 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10966 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10967 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10968 /// use the named return value optimization. 10969 /// 10970 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10971 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10972 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10973 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10974 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10975 10976 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10977 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10978 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10979 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10980 } 10981 } 10982 } 10983 10984 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10985 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10986 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10987 return false; 10988 10989 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10990 // return type (yet). 10991 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10992 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10993 // we can still delay parsing it. 10994 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10995 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10996 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10997 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10998 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10999 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11000 } 11001 } 11002 return false; 11003 } 11004 11005 return true; 11006 } 11007 11008 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11009 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11010 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11011 // rest of the file. 11012 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11013 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11014 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11015 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11016 return false; 11017 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11018 } 11019 11020 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11021 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11022 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11023 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11024 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11025 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 11026 } 11027 11028 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11029 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11030 } 11031 11032 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11033 bool IsInstantiation) { 11034 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11035 11036 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11037 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11038 11039 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11040 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11041 11042 if (FD) { 11043 FD->setBody(Body); 11044 11045 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 11046 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11047 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11048 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11049 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11050 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11051 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11052 << FD->getReturnType(); 11053 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11054 } else { 11055 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11056 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11057 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11058 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11059 } 11060 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11061 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11062 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11063 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11064 11065 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11066 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11067 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11068 QualType RetType = 11069 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11070 11071 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11072 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11073 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11074 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11075 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11076 } 11077 } 11078 11079 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11080 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11081 // is the first declaration. 11082 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11083 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11084 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11085 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11086 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11087 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11088 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11089 } 11090 11091 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11092 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11093 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11094 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11095 11096 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11097 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11098 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11099 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11100 11101 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11102 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11103 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11104 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 11105 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 11106 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11107 11108 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11109 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11110 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11111 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11112 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11113 11114 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11115 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11116 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11117 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11118 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11119 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11120 } 11121 11122 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11123 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11124 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11125 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11126 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11127 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11128 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11129 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11130 11131 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11132 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11133 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11134 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11135 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11136 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11137 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11138 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11139 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11140 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11141 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11142 } 11143 } 11144 } 11145 11146 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11147 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11148 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11149 MD->isVirtual() && 11150 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11151 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11152 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11153 if (FD->isInlined() && 11154 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11155 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11156 11157 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11158 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11159 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11160 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11161 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11162 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11163 } else { 11164 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11165 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11166 } 11167 } 11168 } 11169 11170 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11171 "Function parsing confused"); 11172 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11173 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11174 MD->setBody(Body); 11175 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11176 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 11177 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 11178 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11179 11180 if (Body) 11181 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11182 } 11183 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11184 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11185 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11186 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11187 } 11188 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11189 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11190 bool isDesignated = 11191 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11192 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11193 (void)isDesignated; 11194 11195 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11196 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11197 if (!IFace) 11198 return false; 11199 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11200 if (!SuperD) 11201 return false; 11202 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11203 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11204 }; 11205 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11206 // of NSObject. 11207 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11208 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11209 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11210 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11211 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11212 } 11213 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11214 } 11215 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11216 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11217 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11218 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11219 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11220 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11221 } 11222 } else { 11223 return nullptr; 11224 } 11225 11226 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11227 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11228 "handled in the block above."); 11229 11230 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11231 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11232 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11233 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11234 // Verify this. 11235 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11236 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11237 11238 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11239 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11240 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11241 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11242 11243 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11244 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11245 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11246 11247 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11248 Destructor->getParent()); 11249 } 11250 11251 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11252 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11253 // deletion in some later function. 11254 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11255 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11256 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11257 } 11258 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11259 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11260 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11261 // enabled. 11262 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11263 } 11264 11265 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11266 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11267 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11268 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11269 11270 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11271 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11272 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11273 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11274 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11275 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11276 break; 11277 } 11278 } 11279 } 11280 11281 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11282 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11283 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11284 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11285 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11286 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11287 } 11288 11289 if (!IsInstantiation) 11290 PopDeclContext(); 11291 11292 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11293 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11294 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11295 // deletion in some later function. 11296 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11297 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11298 } 11299 11300 return dcl; 11301 } 11302 11303 11304 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11305 /// relevant Decl. 11306 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11307 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11308 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11309 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11310 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11311 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11312 11313 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11314 if (Method->isStatic()) 11315 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11316 } 11317 11318 11319 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11320 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11321 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11322 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11323 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11324 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11325 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11326 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11327 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11328 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11329 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11330 return ExternCPrev; 11331 } 11332 11333 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11334 unsigned diag_id; 11335 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11336 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11337 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11338 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11339 else 11340 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11341 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11342 11343 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11344 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11345 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11346 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11347 if (S && 11348 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11349 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11350 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11351 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11352 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11353 } 11354 11355 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11356 const char *Dummy; 11357 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11358 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11359 unsigned DiagID; 11360 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11361 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11362 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11363 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11364 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11365 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11366 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11367 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11368 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11369 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11370 /*NumParams=*/0, 11371 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11372 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11373 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11374 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11375 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11376 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11377 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11378 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11379 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11380 EST_None, 11381 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11382 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11383 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11384 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11385 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11386 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11387 Loc, Loc, D), 11388 DS.getAttributes(), 11389 SourceLocation()); 11390 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11391 11392 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11393 11394 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11395 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11396 11397 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11398 FD->setImplicit(); 11399 11400 CurContext = PrevDC; 11401 11402 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11403 11404 return FD; 11405 } 11406 11407 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11408 /// the declaration of this function. 11409 /// 11410 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11411 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11412 /// like NSLog or printf. 11413 /// 11414 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11415 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11416 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11417 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11418 return; 11419 11420 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11421 // actual attributes. 11422 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11423 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11424 unsigned FormatIdx; 11425 bool HasVAListArg; 11426 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11427 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11428 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11429 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11430 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11431 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11432 fmt = "NSString"; 11433 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11434 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11435 FormatIdx+1, 11436 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11437 FD->getLocation())); 11438 } 11439 } 11440 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11441 HasVAListArg)) { 11442 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11443 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11444 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11445 FormatIdx+1, 11446 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11447 FD->getLocation())); 11448 } 11449 11450 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11451 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11452 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11453 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11454 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11455 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11456 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11457 } 11458 11459 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11460 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11461 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11462 FD->getLocation())); 11463 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11464 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11465 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11466 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11467 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDATargetOverloads && 11468 Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 11469 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 11470 // Assign appropriate attribute depending on CUDA compilation 11471 // mode and the target builtin belongs to. E.g. during host 11472 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, the rest are __host__. 11473 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 11474 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 11475 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11476 else 11477 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11478 } 11479 } 11480 11481 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11482 if (!Name) 11483 return; 11484 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11485 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11486 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11487 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11488 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11489 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11490 // about. 11491 } else 11492 return; 11493 11494 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11495 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11496 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11497 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11498 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11499 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11500 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11501 FD->getLocation())); 11502 } 11503 11504 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11505 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11506 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11507 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11508 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11509 FD->getLocation())); 11510 } 11511 } 11512 11513 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11514 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11515 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11516 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11517 11518 if (!TInfo) { 11519 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11520 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11521 } 11522 11523 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11524 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11525 D.getLocStart(), 11526 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11527 D.getIdentifier(), 11528 TInfo); 11529 11530 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11531 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11532 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11533 return NewTD; 11534 } 11535 11536 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11537 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11538 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11539 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11540 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11541 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11542 else 11543 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11544 } 11545 11546 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11547 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11548 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11549 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11550 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11551 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11552 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11553 case TST_enum: 11554 case TST_struct: 11555 case TST_interface: 11556 case TST_union: 11557 case TST_class: { 11558 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11559 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11560 break; 11561 } 11562 11563 default: 11564 break; 11565 } 11566 11567 return NewTD; 11568 } 11569 11570 11571 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11572 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11573 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11574 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11575 11576 if (T->isDependentType()) 11577 return false; 11578 11579 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11580 if (BT->isInteger()) 11581 return false; 11582 11583 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11584 return true; 11585 } 11586 11587 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11588 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11589 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 11590 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11591 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11592 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11593 11594 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11595 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11596 << Prev->isScoped(); 11597 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11598 return true; 11599 } 11600 11601 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11602 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11603 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11604 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11605 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11606 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11607 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11608 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11609 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11610 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11611 return true; 11612 } 11613 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 11614 ; 11615 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 11616 ; 11617 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11618 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11619 << Prev->isFixed(); 11620 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11621 return true; 11622 } 11623 11624 return false; 11625 } 11626 11627 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11628 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11629 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11630 /// 11631 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11632 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11633 switch (Tag) { 11634 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11635 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11636 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11637 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11638 } 11639 } 11640 11641 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11642 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11643 /// 11644 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11645 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11646 { 11647 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11648 } 11649 11650 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11651 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11652 /// 11653 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11654 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11655 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11656 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11657 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11658 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11659 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11660 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11661 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11662 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11663 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11664 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11665 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11666 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11667 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11668 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11669 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11670 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11671 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11672 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11673 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11674 return true; 11675 11676 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11677 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11678 bool isTemplate = false; 11679 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11680 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11681 11682 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11683 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11684 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11685 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11686 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11687 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11688 return true; 11689 } 11690 11691 if (isDefinition) { 11692 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11693 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11694 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11695 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11696 return true; 11697 } 11698 11699 bool previousMismatch = false; 11700 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11701 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11702 if (!previousMismatch) { 11703 previousMismatch = true; 11704 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11705 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11706 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11707 } 11708 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11709 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11710 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11711 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11712 } 11713 } 11714 return true; 11715 } 11716 11717 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11718 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11719 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11720 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11721 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11722 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11723 return true; 11724 } 11725 11726 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11727 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11728 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11729 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11730 11731 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11732 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11733 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11734 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11735 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11736 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11737 } 11738 11739 return true; 11740 } 11741 return false; 11742 } 11743 11744 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11745 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11746 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11747 /// namespace N { 11748 /// struct X; 11749 /// namespace M { 11750 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11751 /// } 11752 /// } 11753 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11754 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11755 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11756 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11757 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11758 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11759 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11760 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11761 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11762 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11763 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11764 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11765 return FixItHint(); 11766 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11767 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11768 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11769 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11770 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11771 break; 11772 } 11773 11774 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11775 // build an NNS. 11776 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11777 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11778 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11779 OS << "::"; 11780 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11781 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11782 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11783 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11784 } 11785 11786 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 11787 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 11788 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 11789 /// using-declaration). 11790 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 11791 DeclContext *NewDC) { 11792 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 11793 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 11794 11795 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 11796 return true; 11797 11798 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 11799 // encloses the other). 11800 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 11801 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 11802 return true; 11803 11804 return false; 11805 } 11806 11807 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11808 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11809 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11810 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11811 /// 11812 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 11813 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11814 /// 11815 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 11816 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 11817 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11818 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11819 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11820 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11821 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11822 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11823 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11824 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11825 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11826 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11827 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11828 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11829 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11830 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11831 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11832 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11833 11834 OwnedDecl = false; 11835 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11836 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11837 11838 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11839 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11840 bool Invalid = false; 11841 11842 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11843 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11844 // for non-C++ cases. 11845 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11846 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11847 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11848 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11849 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11850 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11851 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11852 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11853 return nullptr; 11854 } 11855 11856 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11857 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11858 // be a member of another template). 11859 11860 if (Invalid) 11861 return nullptr; 11862 11863 OwnedDecl = false; 11864 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11865 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11866 TemplateParams, AS, 11867 ModulePrivateLoc, 11868 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11869 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11870 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 11871 SkipBody); 11872 return Result.get(); 11873 } else { 11874 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11875 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11876 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11877 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11878 } 11879 } 11880 } 11881 11882 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11883 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11884 // redeclaration. 11885 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11886 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 11887 11888 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11889 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11890 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11891 // type, default to int. 11892 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11893 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11894 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11895 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11896 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11897 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11898 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11899 11900 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11901 // Recover by falling back to int. 11902 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11903 11904 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11905 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11906 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11907 11908 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 11909 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11910 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11911 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11912 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 11913 } 11914 } 11915 } 11916 11917 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11918 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11919 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11920 11921 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11922 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11923 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11924 11925 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11926 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11927 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11928 11929 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11930 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11931 Name = nullptr; 11932 goto CreateNewDecl; 11933 } 11934 11935 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11936 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11937 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11938 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11939 if (!DC) { 11940 IsDependent = true; 11941 return nullptr; 11942 } 11943 } else { 11944 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11945 if (!DC) { 11946 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11947 << SS.getRange(); 11948 return nullptr; 11949 } 11950 } 11951 11952 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11953 return nullptr; 11954 11955 SearchDC = DC; 11956 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11957 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11958 11959 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11960 return nullptr; 11961 11962 if (Previous.empty()) { 11963 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11964 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11965 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11966 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11967 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11968 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11969 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11970 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11971 IsDependent = true; 11972 return nullptr; 11973 } 11974 11975 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11976 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11977 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11978 Name = nullptr; 11979 Invalid = true; 11980 goto CreateNewDecl; 11981 } 11982 } else if (Name) { 11983 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 11984 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 11985 // name different from T: 11986 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 11987 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11988 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 11989 return nullptr; 11990 11991 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11992 // declaration or definition. 11993 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11994 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11995 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11996 LookupName(Previous, S); 11997 11998 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11999 // by types using'ed into this scope. 12000 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 12001 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 12002 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12003 while (F.hasNext()) { 12004 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12005 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 12006 F.erase(); 12007 } 12008 F.done(); 12009 } 12010 12011 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 12012 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 12013 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 12014 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 12015 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 12016 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 12017 // 12018 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 12019 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 12020 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 12021 // 12022 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 12023 // semantic context? 12024 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12025 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12026 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12027 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 12028 while (F.hasNext()) { 12029 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12030 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12031 if (DC->isFileContext() && 12032 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 12033 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12034 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 12035 else 12036 F.erase(); 12037 } 12038 } 12039 F.done(); 12040 12041 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 12042 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 12043 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 12044 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12045 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12046 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12047 } 12048 } 12049 12050 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12051 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12052 return nullptr; 12053 12054 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12055 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12056 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12057 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12058 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12059 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12060 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12061 } 12062 } 12063 12064 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12065 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12066 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12067 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12068 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12069 Previous.clear(); 12070 } 12071 12072 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12073 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12074 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12075 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12076 12077 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 12078 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12079 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12080 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12081 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12082 } 12083 } 12084 12085 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12086 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12087 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12088 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12089 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12090 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12091 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12092 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12093 12094 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12095 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12096 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12097 // 12098 // class-key identifier 12099 // 12100 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12101 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12102 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12103 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12104 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12105 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12106 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12107 // declaration. 12108 // 12109 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12110 // C structs and unions. 12111 // 12112 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12113 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12114 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12115 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12116 // 12117 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12118 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12119 // 12120 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12121 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12122 // lexical context, 12123 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12124 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12125 12126 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12127 while (S->isClassScope() || 12128 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12129 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 12130 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 12131 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 12132 S = S->getParent(); 12133 } else { 12134 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12135 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12136 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12137 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12138 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12139 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12140 } 12141 12142 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12143 // diagnose some problems. 12144 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 12145 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 12146 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 12147 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 12148 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12149 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12150 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12151 } else { 12152 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12153 LookupName(Previous, S); 12154 } 12155 } 12156 12157 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12158 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12159 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12160 12161 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12162 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12163 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12164 12165 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12166 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12167 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12168 // in C++. 12169 // 12170 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12171 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12172 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12173 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12174 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12175 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12176 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 12177 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 12178 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 12179 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 12180 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 12181 PrevDecl = Tag; 12182 Previous.clear(); 12183 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 12184 Previous.resolveKind(); 12185 } 12186 } 12187 } 12188 } 12189 12190 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12191 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12192 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12193 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12194 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12195 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12196 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12197 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12198 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12199 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12200 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12201 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12202 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12203 << 0; 12204 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12205 Previous.clear(); 12206 goto CreateNewDecl; 12207 } 12208 } 12209 12210 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12211 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12212 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12213 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12214 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12215 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12216 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12217 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12218 // struct or something similar. 12219 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12220 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12221 Name)) { 12222 bool SafeToContinue 12223 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12224 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12225 if (SafeToContinue) 12226 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12227 << Name 12228 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12229 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12230 else 12231 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12232 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12233 12234 if (SafeToContinue) 12235 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12236 else { 12237 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12238 Name = nullptr; 12239 Previous.clear(); 12240 Invalid = true; 12241 } 12242 } 12243 12244 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12245 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12246 12247 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12248 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12249 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12250 if (ScopedEnum) 12251 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12252 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12253 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12254 return PrevTagDecl; 12255 } 12256 12257 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12258 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12259 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12260 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12261 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12262 12263 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12264 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12265 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12266 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12267 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 12268 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 12269 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12270 } 12271 12272 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12273 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12274 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12275 // and then later defined. 12276 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12277 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12278 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12279 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12280 } 12281 12282 if (!Invalid) { 12283 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12284 // we have attributes. 12285 12286 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 12287 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 12288 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 12289 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 12290 if (!Attr && 12291 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 12292 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 12293 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 12294 return PrevTagDecl; 12295 12296 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12297 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12298 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12299 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12300 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12301 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12302 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12303 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12304 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12305 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12306 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12307 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12308 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12309 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12310 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12311 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12312 } 12313 12314 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12315 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12316 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12317 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12318 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12319 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12320 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12321 // use it in place of this one. 12322 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12323 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12324 return Def; 12325 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12326 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12327 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12328 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12329 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12330 else 12331 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12332 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12333 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12334 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12335 // references get the previous definition. 12336 Name = nullptr; 12337 Previous.clear(); 12338 Invalid = true; 12339 } 12340 } else { 12341 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12342 // about a nested redefinition. 12343 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12344 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12345 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12346 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12347 diag::note_previous_definition); 12348 Name = nullptr; 12349 Previous.clear(); 12350 Invalid = true; 12351 } 12352 } 12353 12354 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12355 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12356 } 12357 12358 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12359 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12360 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12361 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12362 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12363 AS = AS_none; 12364 } 12365 } 12366 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12367 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12368 12369 } else { 12370 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12371 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12372 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12373 // have distinct types. 12374 Previous.clear(); 12375 } 12376 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12377 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12378 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12379 12380 12381 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12382 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12383 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12384 } else { 12385 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12386 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12387 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12388 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12389 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12390 unsigned Kind = 0; 12391 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12392 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12393 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12394 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12395 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12396 Invalid = true; 12397 12398 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12399 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12400 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12401 // do nothing 12402 12403 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12404 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12405 unsigned Kind = 0; 12406 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12407 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12408 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12409 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12410 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12411 Invalid = true; 12412 12413 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12414 // case here. 12415 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12416 unsigned Kind = 0; 12417 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12418 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12419 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12420 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12421 Invalid = true; 12422 12423 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12424 } else { 12425 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12426 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12427 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12428 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12429 Name = nullptr; 12430 Invalid = true; 12431 } 12432 12433 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12434 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12435 Previous.clear(); 12436 } 12437 } 12438 12439 CreateNewDecl: 12440 12441 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12442 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12443 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12444 12445 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12446 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12447 // keyword. 12448 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12449 12450 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12451 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12452 // PrevDecl. 12453 TagDecl *New; 12454 12455 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12456 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12457 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12458 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12459 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12460 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12461 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12462 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12463 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12464 TagDecl *Def; 12465 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12466 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12467 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12468 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12469 } 12470 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12471 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12472 << New; 12473 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12474 } else { 12475 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12476 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12477 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12478 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12479 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12480 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12481 12482 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12483 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12484 // the declaration context. 12485 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12486 IsForwardReference = true; 12487 } 12488 } 12489 12490 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12491 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12492 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12493 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12494 else 12495 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12496 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12497 } 12498 12499 } else { 12500 // struct/union/class 12501 12502 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12503 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12504 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12505 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12506 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12507 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12508 12509 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12510 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12511 } else 12512 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12513 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12514 } 12515 12516 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12517 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12518 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12519 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12520 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12521 Invalid = true; 12522 } 12523 12524 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12525 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12526 if (SS.isSet()) { 12527 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12528 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12529 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12530 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12531 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12532 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12533 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12534 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12535 Invalid = true; 12536 12537 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12538 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12539 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12540 } 12541 } 12542 else 12543 Invalid = true; 12544 } 12545 12546 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12547 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12548 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12549 // 12550 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12551 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12552 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12553 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12554 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12555 // parsing of the struct). 12556 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12557 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12558 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12559 } 12560 } 12561 12562 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12563 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12564 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12565 << 2 12566 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12567 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12568 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12569 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12570 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12571 New->setModulePrivate(); 12572 } 12573 12574 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12575 // check the specialization. 12576 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12577 Invalid = true; 12578 12579 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12580 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12581 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12582 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12583 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12584 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12585 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12586 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12587 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12588 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12589 << Name; 12590 Invalid = true; 12591 } 12592 } else { 12593 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12594 } 12595 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12596 } 12597 12598 if (Invalid) 12599 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12600 12601 if (Attr) 12602 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12603 12604 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12605 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12606 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12607 12608 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12609 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12610 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12611 // the tag name visible. 12612 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12613 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12614 12615 // Set the access specifier. 12616 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12617 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12618 12619 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12620 New->startDefinition(); 12621 12622 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12623 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12624 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12625 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12626 if (PrevDecl) 12627 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12628 12629 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12630 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12631 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12632 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12633 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12634 } else if (Name) { 12635 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12636 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12637 if (IsForwardReference) 12638 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12639 12640 } else { 12641 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12642 } 12643 12644 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12645 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12646 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12647 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12648 II->isStr("FILE")) 12649 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12650 12651 if (PrevDecl) 12652 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12653 12654 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12655 // record. 12656 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12657 12658 OwnedDecl = true; 12659 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12660 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12661 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12662 } 12663 12664 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12665 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12666 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12667 12668 // Enter the tag context. 12669 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12670 12671 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12672 12673 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12674 // record. 12675 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12676 } 12677 12678 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12679 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12680 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12681 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12682 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12683 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12684 CurContext = OCD; 12685 return IDecl; 12686 } 12687 12688 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12689 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12690 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12691 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12692 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12693 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12694 12695 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12696 12697 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12698 return; 12699 12700 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12701 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12702 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12703 12704 // C++ [class]p2: 12705 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12706 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12707 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12708 // as if it were a public member name. 12709 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12710 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12711 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12712 Record->getIdentifier(), 12713 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12714 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12715 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12716 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12717 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12718 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12719 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12720 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12721 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12722 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12723 } 12724 12725 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12726 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12727 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12728 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12729 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12730 12731 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12732 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12733 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12734 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12735 RD->completeDefinition(); 12736 } 12737 12738 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12739 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12740 12741 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12742 PopDeclContext(); 12743 12744 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12745 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12746 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12747 12748 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12749 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12750 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12751 } 12752 12753 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12754 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12755 PopDeclContext(); 12756 } 12757 12758 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12759 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12760 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12761 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12762 } 12763 12764 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12765 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12766 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12767 } 12768 12769 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12770 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12771 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12772 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12773 12774 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12775 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12776 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12777 RD->completeDefinition(); 12778 } 12779 12780 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12781 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12782 // the FieldCollector. 12783 12784 PopDeclContext(); 12785 } 12786 12787 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12788 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12789 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12790 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12791 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12792 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12793 if (ZeroWidth) 12794 *ZeroWidth = true; 12795 12796 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12797 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12798 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12799 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12800 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12801 return ExprError(); 12802 if (FieldName) 12803 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12804 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12805 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12806 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12807 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12808 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12809 return ExprError(); 12810 12811 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12812 // it now. 12813 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12814 return BitWidth; 12815 12816 llvm::APSInt Value; 12817 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12818 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12819 return ICE; 12820 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12821 12822 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12823 *ZeroWidth = false; 12824 12825 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12826 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12827 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12828 12829 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12830 if (FieldName) 12831 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12832 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12833 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12834 << Value.toString(10); 12835 } 12836 12837 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12838 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12839 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 12840 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 12841 12842 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 12843 // ABI. 12844 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 12845 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 12846 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 12847 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 12848 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 12849 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 12850 unsigned DiagWidth = 12851 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 12852 if (FieldName) 12853 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12854 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12855 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 12856 12857 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12858 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 12859 << DiagWidth; 12860 } 12861 12862 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 12863 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 12864 // 'bool'. 12865 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 12866 if (FieldName) 12867 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12868 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12869 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 12870 else 12871 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12872 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 12873 } 12874 } 12875 12876 return BitWidth; 12877 } 12878 12879 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12880 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12881 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12882 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12883 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12884 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12885 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12886 return Res; 12887 } 12888 12889 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12890 /// 12891 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12892 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12893 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12894 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12895 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12896 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12897 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12898 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12899 12900 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12901 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12902 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12903 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12904 12905 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12906 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12907 D.setInvalidType(); 12908 T = Context.IntTy; 12909 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12910 } 12911 } 12912 12913 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12914 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12915 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12916 D.setInvalidType(); 12917 } 12918 12919 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12920 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12921 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12922 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12923 D.setInvalidType(); 12924 } 12925 12926 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12927 12928 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12929 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12930 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12931 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12932 12933 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12934 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12935 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12936 LookupName(Previous, S); 12937 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12938 case LookupResult::Found: 12939 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12940 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12941 break; 12942 12943 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12944 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12945 break; 12946 12947 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12948 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12949 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12950 break; 12951 } 12952 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12953 12954 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12955 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12956 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12957 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12958 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12959 } 12960 12961 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12962 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12963 12964 bool Mutable 12965 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12966 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12967 FieldDecl *NewFD 12968 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12969 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12970 12971 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12972 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12973 12974 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12975 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12976 12977 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12978 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12979 // with the same name in the same scope. 12980 } else if (II) { 12981 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12982 } else 12983 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12984 12985 return NewFD; 12986 } 12987 12988 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12989 /// 12990 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12991 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12992 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12993 /// created. 12994 /// 12995 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12996 /// 12997 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12998 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12999 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 13000 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 13001 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 13002 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13003 SourceLocation TSSL, 13004 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 13005 Declarator *D) { 13006 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 13007 bool InvalidDecl = false; 13008 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 13009 13010 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 13011 // marking this declaration as invalid. 13012 if (T.isNull()) { 13013 InvalidDecl = true; 13014 T = Context.IntTy; 13015 } 13016 13017 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 13018 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13019 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13020 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 13021 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13022 InvalidDecl = true; 13023 } else { 13024 NamedDecl *Def; 13025 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 13026 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 13027 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13028 InvalidDecl = true; 13029 } 13030 } 13031 } 13032 13033 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 13034 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13035 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 13036 InvalidDecl = true; 13037 } 13038 13039 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13040 // than a variably modified type. 13041 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13042 bool SizeIsNegative; 13043 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 13044 13045 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 13046 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 13047 SizeIsNegative, 13048 Oversized); 13049 if (FixedTInfo) { 13050 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 13051 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13052 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13053 } else { 13054 if (SizeIsNegative) 13055 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13056 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13057 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13058 << Oversized.toString(10); 13059 else 13060 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13061 InvalidDecl = true; 13062 } 13063 } 13064 13065 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13066 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13067 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13068 AbstractFieldType)) 13069 InvalidDecl = true; 13070 13071 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13072 if (InvalidDecl) 13073 BitWidth = nullptr; 13074 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13075 if (BitWidth) { 13076 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13077 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13078 if (!BitWidth) { 13079 InvalidDecl = true; 13080 BitWidth = nullptr; 13081 ZeroWidth = false; 13082 } 13083 } 13084 13085 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13086 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13087 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13088 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13089 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13090 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13091 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13092 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13093 13094 if (DiagID) { 13095 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13096 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13097 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13098 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13099 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13100 Mutable = false; 13101 InvalidDecl = true; 13102 } 13103 } 13104 } 13105 13106 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 13107 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 13108 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 13109 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 13110 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 13111 13112 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 13113 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 13114 if (InvalidDecl) 13115 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13116 13117 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13118 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13119 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13120 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13121 } 13122 13123 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13124 if (Record->isUnion()) { 13125 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13126 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13127 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13128 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 13129 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 13130 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13131 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13132 // objects. 13133 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13134 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13135 } 13136 } 13137 13138 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13139 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13140 // enabled. 13141 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13142 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13143 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13144 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 13145 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 13146 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 13147 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13148 } 13149 } 13150 } 13151 13152 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 13153 // representation, not a parser representation. 13154 if (D) { 13155 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 13156 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 13157 13158 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 13159 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 13160 } 13161 13162 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 13163 // retainable type. 13164 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 13165 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13166 13167 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 13168 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 13169 13170 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 13171 return NewFD; 13172 } 13173 13174 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 13175 assert(FD); 13176 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 13177 13178 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13179 return false; 13180 13181 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13182 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13183 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13184 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13185 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 13186 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 13187 // copy constructors. 13188 13189 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 13190 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13191 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13192 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13193 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13194 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13195 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13196 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13197 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13198 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13199 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13200 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13201 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13202 member = CXXDestructor; 13203 13204 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13205 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13206 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13207 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13208 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13209 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13210 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13211 // members unavailable. 13212 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13213 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13214 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13215 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13216 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 13217 return false; 13218 } 13219 } 13220 13221 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13222 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13223 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13224 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13225 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13226 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13227 } 13228 } 13229 } 13230 13231 return false; 13232 } 13233 13234 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13235 /// AST enum value. 13236 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13237 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13238 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13239 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13240 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13241 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13242 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13243 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13244 } 13245 } 13246 13247 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13248 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13249 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13250 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13251 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13252 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13253 13254 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13255 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13256 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13257 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13258 13259 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13260 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13261 13262 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13263 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13264 13265 if (BitWidth) { 13266 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13267 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13268 if (!BitWidth) 13269 D.setInvalidType(); 13270 } else { 13271 // Not a bitfield. 13272 13273 // validate II. 13274 13275 } 13276 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13277 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13278 D.setInvalidType(); 13279 } 13280 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13281 // than a variably modified type. 13282 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13283 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13284 D.setInvalidType(); 13285 } 13286 13287 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13288 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13289 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13290 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13291 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13292 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13293 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13294 return nullptr; 13295 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13296 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13297 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13298 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13299 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13300 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13301 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13302 } 13303 else 13304 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13305 } else { 13306 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13307 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13308 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13309 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13310 return nullptr; 13311 } 13312 } 13313 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13314 } 13315 13316 // Construct the decl. 13317 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13318 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13319 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13320 13321 if (II) { 13322 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13323 ForRedeclaration); 13324 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13325 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13326 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13327 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13328 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13329 } 13330 } 13331 13332 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13333 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13334 13335 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13336 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13337 13338 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13339 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13340 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13341 13342 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13343 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13344 13345 if (II) { 13346 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13347 // these to the interface. 13348 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13349 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13350 } 13351 13352 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13353 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13354 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13355 13356 return NewID; 13357 } 13358 13359 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13360 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13361 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13362 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13363 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13364 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13365 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13366 return; 13367 13368 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13369 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13370 13371 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13372 return; 13373 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13374 if (!ID) { 13375 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13376 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13377 return; 13378 } 13379 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13380 else 13381 return; 13382 } 13383 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13384 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13385 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13386 13387 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13388 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13389 Context.CharTy, 13390 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13391 DeclLoc), 13392 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13393 true); 13394 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13395 } 13396 13397 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13398 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13399 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13400 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13401 13402 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13403 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13404 // it will now change. 13405 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13406 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13407 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13408 default: break; 13409 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13410 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13411 break; 13412 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13413 Context. 13414 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13415 break; 13416 } 13417 } 13418 13419 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13420 13421 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13422 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13423 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13424 if (Record) { 13425 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13426 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13427 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13428 ++NumNamedMembers; 13429 } 13430 } 13431 13432 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13433 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13434 13435 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13436 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13437 i != end; ++i) { 13438 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13439 13440 // Get the type for the field. 13441 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13442 13443 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13444 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13445 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13446 } 13447 13448 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13449 // diagnostics about it. 13450 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13451 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13452 continue; 13453 } 13454 13455 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13456 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13457 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13458 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13459 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13460 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13461 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13462 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13463 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13464 // array. 13465 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13466 // Field declared as a function. 13467 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13468 << FD->getDeclName(); 13469 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13470 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13471 continue; 13472 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13473 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13474 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13475 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13476 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13477 // Flexible array member. 13478 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13479 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13480 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13481 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13482 if (Record->isUnion()) 13483 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13484 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13485 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13486 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13487 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13488 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13489 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13490 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13491 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13492 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13493 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13494 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13495 : 0; 13496 13497 if (DiagID) 13498 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13499 << Record->getTagKind(); 13500 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13501 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13502 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13503 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13504 // of the type. 13505 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13506 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13507 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13508 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13509 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13510 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13511 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13512 13513 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13514 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13515 // 13516 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13517 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13518 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13519 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13520 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13521 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13522 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13523 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13524 continue; 13525 } 13526 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13527 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13528 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13529 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13530 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13531 // Incomplete type 13532 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13533 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13534 continue; 13535 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13536 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13537 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13538 // flexible array member. 13539 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13540 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13541 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13542 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13543 // structures. 13544 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13545 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13546 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13547 else { 13548 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13549 // other structs as an extension. 13550 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13551 << FD->getDeclName(); 13552 } 13553 } 13554 } 13555 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13556 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13557 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13558 AbstractIvarType)) { 13559 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13560 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13561 } 13562 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13563 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13564 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13565 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13566 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13567 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13568 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13569 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13570 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13571 FD->setType(T); 13572 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13573 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13574 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13575 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13576 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13577 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13578 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13579 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13580 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13581 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13582 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13583 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13584 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13585 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13586 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 13587 } 13588 } else { 13589 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13590 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13591 } 13592 ARCErrReported = true; 13593 } 13594 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13595 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13596 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13597 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13598 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13599 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13600 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13601 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13602 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13603 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13604 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13605 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13606 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13607 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13608 } 13609 } 13610 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13611 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13612 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13613 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13614 ++NumNamedMembers; 13615 } 13616 13617 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13618 if (Record) { 13619 bool Completed = false; 13620 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13621 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13622 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13623 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13624 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13625 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13626 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13627 13628 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13629 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13630 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13631 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13632 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13633 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13634 } 13635 13636 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13637 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13638 13639 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13640 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13641 // problem now. 13642 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13643 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13644 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13645 13646 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13647 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13648 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13649 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13650 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13651 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13652 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13653 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13654 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13655 continue; 13656 13657 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13658 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13659 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13660 // program is ill-formed. 13661 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13662 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13663 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13664 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13665 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13666 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13667 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13668 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13669 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13670 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13671 13672 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13673 } 13674 } 13675 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13676 Completed = true; 13677 } 13678 } 13679 } 13680 } 13681 13682 if (!Completed) 13683 Record->completeDefinition(); 13684 13685 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13686 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13687 13688 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13689 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13690 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13691 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13692 } 13693 13694 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13695 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13696 // compatibility problems. 13697 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13698 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13699 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13700 } else { 13701 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13702 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13703 CheckForZeroSize = 13704 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13705 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13706 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13707 } 13708 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13709 bool ZeroSize = true; 13710 bool IsEmpty = true; 13711 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13712 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13713 E = Record->field_end(); 13714 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13715 IsEmpty = false; 13716 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13717 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13718 ZeroSize = false; 13719 } else { 13720 ++NonBitFields; 13721 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13722 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13723 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13724 ZeroSize = false; 13725 } 13726 } 13727 13728 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13729 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13730 // extern "C" block. 13731 if (ZeroSize) { 13732 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13733 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13734 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13735 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13736 } 13737 13738 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13739 // but are accepted by GCC. 13740 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13741 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13742 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13743 << Record->isUnion(); 13744 } 13745 } 13746 } else { 13747 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13748 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13749 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13750 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13751 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13752 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13753 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13754 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13755 } 13756 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13757 // duplicates. 13758 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13759 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13760 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13761 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13762 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13763 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13764 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13765 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13766 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13767 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13768 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13769 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13770 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13771 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13772 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13773 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13774 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13775 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13776 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13777 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13778 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13779 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13780 if (IDecl) { 13781 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13782 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13783 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13784 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13785 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13786 continue; 13787 } 13788 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13789 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13790 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13791 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13792 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13793 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13794 continue; 13795 } 13796 } 13797 } 13798 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13799 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13800 } 13801 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13802 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13803 } 13804 } 13805 13806 if (Attr) 13807 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13808 } 13809 13810 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13811 /// the given type T. 13812 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13813 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13814 QualType T) { 13815 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13816 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13817 13818 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13819 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13820 --BitWidth; 13821 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13822 } 13823 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13824 } 13825 13826 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13827 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13828 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13829 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13830 // enum checking below. 13831 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13832 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13833 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13834 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13835 }; 13836 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13837 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13838 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13839 }; 13840 13841 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13842 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13843 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13844 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13845 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13846 return Types[I]; 13847 13848 return QualType(); 13849 } 13850 13851 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13852 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13853 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13854 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13855 Expr *Val) { 13856 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13857 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13858 QualType EltTy; 13859 13860 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13861 Val = nullptr; 13862 13863 if (Val) 13864 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13865 13866 if (Val) { 13867 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13868 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13869 else { 13870 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13871 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13872 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13873 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13874 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13875 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13876 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13877 ExprResult Converted = 13878 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13879 CCEK_Enumerator); 13880 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13881 Val = nullptr; 13882 else 13883 Val = Converted.get(); 13884 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13885 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13886 &EnumVal).get())) { 13887 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13888 } else { 13889 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13890 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13891 13892 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13893 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13894 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13895 // expression checking. 13896 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13897 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13898 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13899 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13900 } else 13901 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13902 } else 13903 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13904 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13905 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13906 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13907 // is the type of its initializing value: 13908 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13909 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13910 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13911 } else { 13912 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13913 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13914 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13915 // representable as an int. 13916 13917 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13918 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13919 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13920 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13921 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13922 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13923 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13924 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13925 } 13926 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13927 } 13928 } 13929 } 13930 } 13931 13932 if (!Val) { 13933 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13934 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13935 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13936 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13937 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13938 // is the type of its initializing value: 13939 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13940 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13941 // 13942 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13943 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13944 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13945 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13946 } 13947 else { 13948 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13949 } 13950 } else { 13951 // Assign the last value + 1. 13952 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13953 ++EnumVal; 13954 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13955 13956 // Check for overflow on increment. 13957 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13958 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13959 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13960 // is the type of its initializing value: 13961 // 13962 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13963 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13964 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13965 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13966 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13967 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13968 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13969 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13970 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13971 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13972 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13973 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13974 ++EnumVal; 13975 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13976 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13977 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13978 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13979 << EltTy; 13980 else 13981 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13982 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13983 } else { 13984 EltTy = T; 13985 } 13986 13987 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13988 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13989 // value, then increment. 13990 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13991 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13992 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13993 ++EnumVal; 13994 13995 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13996 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13997 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13998 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13999 // integral type. 14000 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 14001 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 14002 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14003 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14004 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 14005 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14006 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 14007 } 14008 } 14009 } 14010 14011 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14012 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 14013 // enumerator's type. 14014 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14015 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14016 } 14017 14018 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 14019 Val, EnumVal); 14020 } 14021 14022 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 14023 SourceLocation IILoc) { 14024 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 14025 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14026 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14027 14028 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 14029 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 14030 // skip the body. 14031 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14032 ForRedeclaration); 14033 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 14034 if (!PrevECD) 14035 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14036 14037 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 14038 NamedDecl *Hidden; 14039 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 14040 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 14041 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 14042 return Skip; 14043 } 14044 14045 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14046 } 14047 14048 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 14049 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 14050 AttributeList *Attr, 14051 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14052 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14053 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14054 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14055 14056 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14057 // we find one that is. 14058 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14059 14060 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14061 // scope. 14062 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14063 ForRedeclaration); 14064 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14065 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14066 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14067 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14068 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14069 } 14070 14071 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14072 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14073 // different from T: 14074 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14075 // enumerated type 14076 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14077 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14078 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14079 14080 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14081 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14082 if (!New) 14083 return nullptr; 14084 14085 if (PrevDecl) { 14086 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14087 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14088 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14089 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14090 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14091 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14092 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14093 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 14094 else 14095 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 14096 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14097 return nullptr; 14098 } 14099 } 14100 14101 // Process attributes. 14102 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14103 14104 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 14105 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 14106 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 14107 14108 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 14109 14110 return New; 14111 } 14112 14113 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 14114 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 14115 // Element2 = Element1 14116 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 14117 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 14118 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 14119 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 14120 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 14121 if (!InitExpr) 14122 return true; 14123 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 14124 14125 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 14126 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 14127 return true; 14128 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 14129 if (!IL) 14130 return true; 14131 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14132 return true; 14133 14134 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 14135 } 14136 14137 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 14138 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 14139 if (!DRE) 14140 return true; 14141 14142 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 14143 if (!EnumConstant) 14144 return true; 14145 14146 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 14147 Enum) 14148 return true; 14149 14150 return false; 14151 } 14152 14153 namespace { 14154 struct DupKey { 14155 int64_t val; 14156 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 14157 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 14158 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 14159 }; 14160 14161 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 14162 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 14163 false); 14164 } 14165 14166 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 14167 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 14168 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 14169 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 14170 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 14171 } 14172 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 14173 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 14174 LHS.val == RHS.val; 14175 } 14176 }; 14177 } // end anonymous namespace 14178 14179 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 14180 // a previous element has already been set to. 14181 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14182 EnumDecl *Enum, 14183 QualType EnumType) { 14184 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 14185 return; 14186 // Avoid anonymous enums 14187 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 14188 return; 14189 14190 // Only check for small enums. 14191 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 14192 return; 14193 14194 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14195 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14196 14197 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14198 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14199 ValueToVectorMap; 14200 14201 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14202 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14203 14204 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14205 // an initialier. 14206 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14207 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14208 14209 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14210 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14211 if (!ECD) { 14212 return; 14213 } 14214 14215 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14216 continue; 14217 14218 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14219 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14220 14221 // First time encountering this value. 14222 if (Entry.isNull()) 14223 Entry = ECD; 14224 } 14225 14226 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14227 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14228 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14229 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14230 continue; 14231 14232 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14233 14234 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14235 if (Entry.isNull()) 14236 continue; 14237 14238 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14239 // Ensure constants are different. 14240 if (D == ECD) 14241 continue; 14242 14243 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14244 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14245 Vec->push_back(D); 14246 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14247 14248 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14249 Entry = Vec; 14250 14251 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14252 // diagnostics. 14253 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14254 continue; 14255 } 14256 14257 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14258 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14259 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14260 continue; 14261 14262 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14263 } 14264 14265 // Emit diagnostics. 14266 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14267 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14268 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14269 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14270 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14271 14272 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14273 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14274 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14275 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14276 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14277 ++I; 14278 14279 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14280 // the same value. 14281 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14282 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14283 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14284 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14285 delete Vec; 14286 } 14287 } 14288 14289 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14290 bool AllowMask) const { 14291 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14292 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14293 14294 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14295 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14296 14297 if (R.second) { 14298 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 14299 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 14300 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 14301 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 14302 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 14303 } 14304 } 14305 14306 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14307 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14308 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14309 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14310 // 14311 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14312 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14313 // likely a logic error. 14314 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 14315 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 14316 } 14317 14318 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14319 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14320 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14321 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14322 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14323 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14324 14325 if (Attr) 14326 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14327 14328 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14329 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14330 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14331 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14332 if (!ECD) continue; 14333 14334 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14335 } 14336 14337 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14338 return; 14339 } 14340 14341 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14342 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14343 // emit a warning. 14344 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14345 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14346 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14347 14348 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14349 // reverse the list. 14350 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14351 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14352 14353 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14354 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14355 14356 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14357 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14358 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14359 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14360 14361 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14362 14363 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14364 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14365 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14366 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14367 else 14368 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14369 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14370 14371 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14372 if (AllElementsInt) 14373 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14374 } 14375 14376 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14377 QualType BestType; 14378 unsigned BestWidth; 14379 14380 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14381 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14382 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14383 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14384 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14385 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14386 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14387 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14388 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14389 QualType BestPromotionType; 14390 14391 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14392 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14393 // enum definitions. 14394 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14395 Packed = true; 14396 14397 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14398 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14399 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14400 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14401 else 14402 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14403 14404 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14405 } 14406 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14407 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14408 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14409 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14410 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14411 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14412 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14413 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14414 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14415 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14416 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14417 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14418 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14419 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14420 } else { 14421 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14422 14423 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14424 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14425 } else { 14426 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14427 14428 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14429 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14430 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14431 } 14432 } 14433 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14434 } else { 14435 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14436 // all of the enumerator values. 14437 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14438 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14439 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14440 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14441 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14442 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14443 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14444 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14445 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14446 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14447 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14448 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14449 BestPromotionType 14450 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14451 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14452 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14453 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14454 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14455 BestPromotionType 14456 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14457 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14458 } else { 14459 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14460 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14461 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14462 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14463 BestPromotionType 14464 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14465 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14466 } 14467 } 14468 14469 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14470 // the type of the enum if needed. 14471 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14472 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14473 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14474 14475 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14476 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14477 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14478 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14479 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14480 14481 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14482 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14483 14484 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14485 // the enum decl type. 14486 QualType NewTy; 14487 unsigned NewWidth; 14488 bool NewSign; 14489 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14490 !Enum->isFixed() && 14491 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14492 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14493 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14494 NewSign = true; 14495 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14496 // Already the right type! 14497 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14498 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14499 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14500 // enumeration. 14501 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14502 continue; 14503 } else { 14504 NewTy = BestType; 14505 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14506 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14507 } 14508 14509 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14510 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14511 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14512 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14513 14514 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14515 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14516 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14517 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14518 CK_IntegralCast, 14519 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14520 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14521 VK_RValue)); 14522 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14523 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14524 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14525 // enumeration. 14526 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14527 else 14528 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14529 } 14530 14531 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14532 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14533 14534 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14535 14536 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 14537 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14538 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14539 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14540 14541 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14542 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 14543 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14544 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14545 << ECD << Enum; 14546 } 14547 } 14548 14549 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14550 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14551 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14552 } 14553 14554 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14555 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14556 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14557 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14558 14559 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14560 AsmString, StartLoc, 14561 EndLoc); 14562 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14563 return New; 14564 } 14565 14566 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14567 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 14568 bool FromInclude = false) { 14569 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 14570 14571 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14572 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14573 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14574 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 14575 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 14576 break; 14577 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14578 break; 14579 } 14580 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14581 } 14582 14583 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14584 DC = DC->getParent(); 14585 14586 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14587 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 14588 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 14589 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 14590 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14591 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14592 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 14593 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 14594 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 14595 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14596 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14597 } 14598 } 14599 14600 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 14601 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14602 } 14603 14604 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14605 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14606 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14607 Module *Mod = 14608 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14609 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14610 if (!Mod) 14611 return true; 14612 14613 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14614 14615 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14616 14617 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14618 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14619 // silently ignoring the import. 14620 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14621 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 14622 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14623 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 14624 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14625 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 14626 14627 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14628 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14629 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14630 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14631 // We need the length to be consistent. 14632 if (!ModCheck) 14633 break; 14634 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14635 14636 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14637 } 14638 14639 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14640 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14641 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14642 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14643 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14644 return Import; 14645 } 14646 14647 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14648 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 14649 14650 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14651 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14652 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14653 // 14654 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14655 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14656 TUKind == TU_Module && 14657 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14658 14659 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14660 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14661 if (!IsInModuleIncludes) { 14662 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14663 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14664 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14665 DirectiveLoc); 14666 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14667 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14668 } 14669 14670 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14671 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14672 } 14673 14674 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14675 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14676 14677 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 14678 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 14679 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14680 } 14681 14682 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14683 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14684 14685 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 14686 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 14687 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 14688 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14689 } 14690 } 14691 14692 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14693 Module *Mod) { 14694 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14695 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14696 return; 14697 14698 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14699 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14700 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14701 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14702 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14703 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14704 14705 // Make the module visible. 14706 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14707 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 14708 } 14709 14710 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14711 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14712 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14713 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14714 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14715 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14716 LookupOrdinaryName); 14717 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 14718 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 14719 14720 // If a declaration that: 14721 // 1) declares a function or a variable 14722 // 2) has external linkage 14723 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 14724 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14725 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 14726 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14727 else 14728 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 14729 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 14730 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 14731 } else 14732 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 14733 } 14734 14735 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14736 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14737 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14738 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14739 14740 if (PrevDecl) { 14741 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14742 } else { 14743 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14744 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14745 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14746 } 14747 } 14748 14749 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14750 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14751 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14752 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14753 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14754 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14755 LookupOrdinaryName); 14756 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14757 14758 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14759 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14760 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14761 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14762 } else { 14763 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14764 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14765 } 14766 } 14767 14768 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14769 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14770 } 14771 14772 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14773 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14774 if (!D) 14775 return AR_Available; 14776 14777 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14778 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14779 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14780 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14781 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14782 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14783 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14784 if (R != AR_Available) 14785 return R; 14786 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14787 } 14788 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14789 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14790 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14791 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14792 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14793 } 14794 // Recover from user error. 14795 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14796 } 14797